Title: | 'Amazon Web Services' Developer Tools Services |
Version: | 0.9.0 |
Description: | Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' developer tools services, including version control, continuous integration and deployment, and more https://aws.amazon.com/products/developer-tools/. |
License: | Apache License (≥ 2.0) |
URL: | https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.developer.tools |
BugReports: | https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues |
Imports: | paws.common (≥ 0.8.0) |
Suggests: | testthat |
Encoding: | UTF-8 |
RoxygenNote: | 7.3.2 |
Collate: | 'cloud9_service.R' 'cloud9_interfaces.R' 'cloud9_operations.R' 'cloudcontrolapi_service.R' 'cloudcontrolapi_interfaces.R' 'cloudcontrolapi_operations.R' 'codeartifact_service.R' 'codeartifact_interfaces.R' 'codeartifact_operations.R' 'codebuild_service.R' 'codebuild_interfaces.R' 'codebuild_operations.R' 'codecatalyst_service.R' 'codecatalyst_interfaces.R' 'codecatalyst_operations.R' 'codecommit_service.R' 'codecommit_interfaces.R' 'codecommit_operations.R' 'codeconnections_service.R' 'codeconnections_interfaces.R' 'codeconnections_operations.R' 'codedeploy_service.R' 'codedeploy_interfaces.R' 'codedeploy_operations.R' 'codeguruprofiler_service.R' 'codeguruprofiler_interfaces.R' 'codeguruprofiler_operations.R' 'codegurureviewer_service.R' 'codegurureviewer_interfaces.R' 'codegurureviewer_operations.R' 'codegurusecurity_service.R' 'codegurusecurity_interfaces.R' 'codegurusecurity_operations.R' 'codepipeline_service.R' 'codepipeline_interfaces.R' 'codepipeline_operations.R' 'codestarconnections_service.R' 'codestarconnections_interfaces.R' 'codestarconnections_operations.R' 'codestarnotifications_service.R' 'codestarnotifications_interfaces.R' 'codestarnotifications_operations.R' 'devopsguru_service.R' 'devopsguru_interfaces.R' 'devopsguru_operations.R' 'drs_service.R' 'drs_interfaces.R' 'drs_operations.R' 'fis_service.R' 'fis_interfaces.R' 'fis_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R' 'wellarchitected_service.R' 'wellarchitected_interfaces.R' 'wellarchitected_operations.R' 'xray_service.R' 'xray_interfaces.R' 'xray_operations.R' |
NeedsCompilation: | no |
Packaged: | 2025-03-14 09:21:36 UTC; dyfanjones |
Author: | David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph] |
Maintainer: | Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com> |
Repository: | CRAN |
Date/Publication: | 2025-03-14 15:10:02 UTC |
AWS Cloud9
Description
Cloud9
Cloud9 is a collection of tools that you can use to code, build, run, test, debug, and release software in the cloud.
For more information about Cloud9, see the Cloud9 User Guide.
Cloud9 is no longer available to new customers. Existing customers of Cloud9 can continue to use the service as normal. Learn more"
Cloud9 supports these operations:
-
create_environment_ec2
: Creates an Cloud9 development environment, launches an Amazon EC2 instance, and then connects from the instance to the environment. -
create_environment_membership
: Adds an environment member to an environment. -
delete_environment
: Deletes an environment. If an Amazon EC2 instance is connected to the environment, also terminates the instance. -
delete_environment_membership
: Deletes an environment member from an environment. -
describe_environment_memberships
: Gets information about environment members for an environment. -
describe_environments
: Gets information about environments. -
describe_environment_status
: Gets status information for an environment. -
list_environments
: Gets a list of environment identifiers. -
list_tags_for_resource
: Gets the tags for an environment. -
tag_resource
: Adds tags to an environment. -
untag_resource
: Removes tags from an environment. -
update_environment
: Changes the settings of an existing environment. -
update_environment_membership
: Changes the settings of an existing environment member for an environment.
Usage
cloud9(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- cloud9( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_environment_ec2 | Creates an Cloud9 development environment, launches an Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance, and then connects from the instance to the environment |
create_environment_membership | Adds an environment member to an Cloud9 development environment |
delete_environment | Deletes an Cloud9 development environment |
delete_environment_membership | Deletes an environment member from a development environment |
describe_environment_memberships | Gets information about environment members for an Cloud9 development environment |
describe_environments | Gets information about Cloud9 development environments |
describe_environment_status | Gets status information for an Cloud9 development environment |
list_environments | Gets a list of Cloud9 development environment identifiers |
list_tags_for_resource | Gets a list of the tags associated with an Cloud9 development environment |
tag_resource | Adds tags to an Cloud9 development environment |
untag_resource | Removes tags from an Cloud9 development environment |
update_environment | Changes the settings of an existing Cloud9 development environment |
update_environment_membership | Changes the settings of an existing environment member for an Cloud9 development environment |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- cloud9()
#
svc$create_environment_ec2(
name = "my-demo-environment",
automaticStopTimeMinutes = 60L,
description = "This is my demonstration environment.",
instanceType = "t2.micro",
ownerArn = "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/MyDemoUser",
subnetId = "subnet-6300cd1b"
)
## End(Not run)
Creates an Cloud9 development environment, launches an Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance, and then connects from the instance to the environment
Description
Creates an Cloud9 development environment, launches an Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance, and then connects from the instance to the environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_create_environment_ec2/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_create_environment_ec2(
name,
description = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
instanceType,
subnetId = NULL,
imageId,
automaticStopTimeMinutes = NULL,
ownerArn = NULL,
tags = NULL,
connectionType = NULL,
dryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the environment to create. This name is visible to other IAM users in the same Amazon Web Services account. |
description |
The description of the environment to create. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive string that helps Cloud9 to ensure this operation completes no more than one time. For more information, see Client Tokens in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
instanceType |
[required] The type of instance to connect to the environment (for example,
|
subnetId |
The ID of the subnet in Amazon VPC that Cloud9 will use to communicate with the Amazon EC2 instance. |
imageId |
[required] The identifier for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that's used to create the EC2 instance. To choose an AMI for the instance, you must specify a valid AMI alias or a valid Amazon EC2 Systems Manager (SSM) path. We recommend using Amazon Linux 2023 as the AMI to create your environment as it is fully supported. From December 16, 2024, Ubuntu 18.04 will be removed from the list of
available Since Ubuntu 18.04 has ended standard support as of May 31, 2023, we recommend you choose Ubuntu 22.04. AMI aliases
SSM paths
|
automaticStopTimeMinutes |
The number of minutes until the running instance is shut down after the environment has last been used. |
ownerArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment owner. This ARN can be the ARN of any IAM principal. If this value is not specified, the ARN defaults to this environment's creator. |
tags |
An array of key-value pairs that will be associated with the new Cloud9 development environment. |
connectionType |
The connection type used for connecting to an Amazon EC2 environment.
Valid values are For more information, see Accessing no-ingress EC2 instances with Amazon EC2 Systems Manager in the Cloud9 User Guide. |
dryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Adds an environment member to an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Adds an environment member to an Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_create_environment_membership/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_create_environment_membership(environmentId, userArn, permissions)
Arguments
environmentId |
[required] The ID of the environment that contains the environment member you want to add. |
userArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment member you want to add. |
permissions |
[required] The type of environment member permissions you want to associate with this environment member. Available values include:
|
Deletes an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Deletes an Cloud9 development environment. If an Amazon EC2 instance is connected to the environment, also terminates the instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_delete_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_delete_environment(environmentId)
Arguments
environmentId |
[required] The ID of the environment to delete. |
Deletes an environment member from a development environment
Description
Deletes an environment member from a development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_delete_environment_membership/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_delete_environment_membership(environmentId, userArn)
Arguments
environmentId |
[required] The ID of the environment to delete the environment member from. |
userArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment member to delete from the environment. |
Gets information about environment members for an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Gets information about environment members for an Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_describe_environment_memberships/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_describe_environment_memberships(
userArn = NULL,
environmentId = NULL,
permissions = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
userArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an individual environment member to get information about. If no value is specified, information about all environment members are returned. |
environmentId |
The ID of the environment to get environment member information about. |
permissions |
The type of environment member permissions to get information about. Available values include:
If no value is specified, information about all environment members are returned. |
nextToken |
During a previous call, if there are more than 25 items in the list, only the first 25 items are returned, along with a unique string called a next token. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of environment members to get information about. |
Gets status information for an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Gets status information for an Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_describe_environment_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_describe_environment_status(environmentId)
Arguments
environmentId |
[required] The ID of the environment to get status information about. |
Gets information about Cloud9 development environments
Description
Gets information about Cloud9 development environments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_describe_environments/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_describe_environments(environmentIds)
Arguments
environmentIds |
[required] The IDs of individual environments to get information about. |
Gets a list of Cloud9 development environment identifiers
Description
Gets a list of Cloud9 development environment identifiers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_list_environments/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_list_environments(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
During a previous call, if there are more than 25 items in the list, only the first 25 items are returned, along with a unique string called a next token. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of environments to get identifiers for. |
Gets a list of the tags associated with an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Gets a list of the tags associated with an Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)
Arguments
ResourceARN |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud9 development environment to get the tags for. |
Adds tags to an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Adds tags to an Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)
Arguments
ResourceARN |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud9 development environment to add tags to. |
Tags |
[required] The list of tags to add to the given Cloud9 development environment. |
Removes tags from an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Removes tags from an Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)
Arguments
ResourceARN |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud9 development environment to remove tags from. |
TagKeys |
[required] The tag names of the tags to remove from the given Cloud9 development environment. |
Changes the settings of an existing Cloud9 development environment
Description
Changes the settings of an existing Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_update_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_update_environment(
environmentId,
name = NULL,
description = NULL,
managedCredentialsAction = NULL
)
Arguments
environmentId |
[required] The ID of the environment to change settings. |
name |
A replacement name for the environment. |
description |
Any new or replacement description for the environment. |
managedCredentialsAction |
Allows the environment owner to turn on or turn off the Amazon Web Services managed temporary credentials for an Cloud9 environment by using one of the following values:
Only the environment owner can change the status of managed temporary
credentials. An |
Changes the settings of an existing environment member for an Cloud9 development environment
Description
Changes the settings of an existing environment member for an Cloud9 development environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloud9_update_environment_membership/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloud9_update_environment_membership(environmentId, userArn, permissions)
Arguments
environmentId |
[required] The ID of the environment for the environment member whose settings you want to change. |
userArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the environment member whose settings you want to change. |
permissions |
[required] The replacement type of environment member permissions you want to associate with this environment member. Available values include:
|
AWS Cloud Control API
Description
For more information about Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API, see the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- cloudcontrolapi( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
cancel_resource_request | Cancels the specified resource operation request |
create_resource | Creates the specified resource |
delete_resource | Deletes the specified resource |
get_resource | Returns information about the current state of the specified resource |
get_resource_request_status | Returns the current status of a resource operation request |
list_resource_requests | Returns existing resource operation requests |
list_resources | Returns information about the specified resources |
update_resource | Updates the specified property values in the resource |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- cloudcontrolapi()
svc$cancel_resource_request(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Cancels the specified resource operation request
Description
Cancels the specified resource operation request. For more information, see Canceling resource operation requests in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_cancel_resource_request/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_cancel_resource_request(RequestToken)
Arguments
RequestToken |
[required] The |
Creates the specified resource
Description
Creates the specified resource. For more information, see Creating a resource in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_create_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_create_resource(
TypeName,
TypeVersionId = NULL,
RoleArn = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DesiredState
)
Arguments
TypeName |
[required] The name of the resource type. |
TypeVersionId |
For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version. |
RoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management
(IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource
operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for
this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are
defined in the If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials. For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
ClientToken |
A unique identifier to ensure the idempotency of the resource request. As a best practice, specify this token to ensure idempotency, so that Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API can accurately distinguish between request retries and new resource requests. You might retry a resource request to ensure that it was successfully received. A client token is valid for 36 hours once used. After that, a resource request with the same client token is treated as a new request. If you do not specify a client token, one is generated for inclusion in the request. For more information, see Ensuring resource operation requests are unique in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
DesiredState |
[required] Structured data format representing the desired state of the resource, consisting of that resource's properties and their desired values. Cloud Control API currently supports JSON as a structured data format. Specify the desired state as one of the following:
For more information, see Composing the desired state of the resource in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. For more information about the properties of a specific resource, refer to the related topic for the resource in the Resource and property types reference in the CloudFormation Users Guide. |
Deletes the specified resource
Description
Deletes the specified resource. For details, see Deleting a resource in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_delete_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_delete_resource(
TypeName,
TypeVersionId = NULL,
RoleArn = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Identifier
)
Arguments
TypeName |
[required] The name of the resource type. |
TypeVersionId |
For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version. |
RoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management
(IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource
operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for
this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are
defined in the If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials. For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
ClientToken |
A unique identifier to ensure the idempotency of the resource request. As a best practice, specify this token to ensure idempotency, so that Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API can accurately distinguish between request retries and new resource requests. You might retry a resource request to ensure that it was successfully received. A client token is valid for 36 hours once used. After that, a resource request with the same client token is treated as a new request. If you do not specify a client token, one is generated for inclusion in the request. For more information, see Ensuring resource operation requests are unique in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
Identifier |
[required] The identifier for the resource. You can specify the primary identifier, or any secondary identifier defined for the resource type in its resource schema. You can only specify one identifier. Primary identifiers can be specified as a string or JSON; secondary identifiers must be specified as JSON. For compound primary identifiers (that is, one that consists of multiple
resource properties strung together), to specify the primary identifier
as a string, list the property values in the order they are specified
in the primary identifier definition, separated by For more information, see Identifying resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
Returns information about the current state of the specified resource
Description
Returns information about the current state of the specified resource. For details, see Reading a resource's current state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_get_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_get_resource(
TypeName,
TypeVersionId = NULL,
RoleArn = NULL,
Identifier
)
Arguments
TypeName |
[required] The name of the resource type. |
TypeVersionId |
For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version. |
RoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management
(IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource
operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for
this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are
defined in the If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials. For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
Identifier |
[required] The identifier for the resource. You can specify the primary identifier, or any secondary identifier defined for the resource type in its resource schema. You can only specify one identifier. Primary identifiers can be specified as a string or JSON; secondary identifiers must be specified as JSON. For compound primary identifiers (that is, one that consists of multiple
resource properties strung together), to specify the primary identifier
as a string, list the property values in the order they are specified
in the primary identifier definition, separated by For more information, see Identifying resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
Returns the current status of a resource operation request
Description
Returns the current status of a resource operation request. For more information, see Tracking the progress of resource operation requests in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_get_resource_request_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_get_resource_request_status(RequestToken)
Arguments
RequestToken |
[required] A unique token used to track the progress of the resource operation request. Request tokens are included in the |
Returns existing resource operation requests
Description
Returns existing resource operation requests. This includes requests of all status types. For more information, see Listing active resource operation requests in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_list_resource_requests/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_list_resource_requests(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
ResourceRequestStatusFilter = NULL
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to be returned with a single call. If the
number of available results exceeds this maximum, the response includes
a The default is |
NextToken |
If the previous paginated request didn't return all of the remaining
results, the response object's |
ResourceRequestStatusFilter |
The filter criteria to apply to the requests returned. |
Returns information about the specified resources
Description
Returns information about the specified resources. For more information, see Discovering resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_list_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_list_resources(
TypeName,
TypeVersionId = NULL,
RoleArn = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
ResourceModel = NULL
)
Arguments
TypeName |
[required] The name of the resource type. |
TypeVersionId |
For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version. |
RoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management
(IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource
operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for
this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are
defined in the If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials. For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
NextToken |
If the previous paginated request didn't return all of the remaining
results, the response object's |
MaxResults |
Reserved. |
ResourceModel |
The resource model to use to select the resources to return. |
Updates the specified property values in the resource
Description
Updates the specified property values in the resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudcontrolapi_update_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
cloudcontrolapi_update_resource(
TypeName,
TypeVersionId = NULL,
RoleArn = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Identifier,
PatchDocument
)
Arguments
TypeName |
[required] The name of the resource type. |
TypeVersionId |
For private resource types, the type version to use in this resource operation. If you do not specify a resource version, CloudFormation uses the default version. |
RoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management
(IAM) role for Cloud Control API to use when performing this resource
operation. The role specified must have the permissions required for
this operation. The necessary permissions for each event handler are
defined in the If you do not specify a role, Cloud Control API uses a temporary session created using your Amazon Web Services user credentials. For more information, see Specifying credentials in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
ClientToken |
A unique identifier to ensure the idempotency of the resource request. As a best practice, specify this token to ensure idempotency, so that Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API can accurately distinguish between request retries and new resource requests. You might retry a resource request to ensure that it was successfully received. A client token is valid for 36 hours once used. After that, a resource request with the same client token is treated as a new request. If you do not specify a client token, one is generated for inclusion in the request. For more information, see Ensuring resource operation requests are unique in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
Identifier |
[required] The identifier for the resource. You can specify the primary identifier, or any secondary identifier defined for the resource type in its resource schema. You can only specify one identifier. Primary identifiers can be specified as a string or JSON; secondary identifiers must be specified as JSON. For compound primary identifiers (that is, one that consists of multiple
resource properties strung together), to specify the primary identifier
as a string, list the property values in the order they are specified
in the primary identifier definition, separated by For more information, see Identifying resources in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
PatchDocument |
[required] A JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) document listing the patch operations that represent the updates to apply to the current resource properties. For details, see Composing the patch document in the Amazon Web Services Cloud Control API User Guide. |
CodeArtifact
Description
CodeArtifact is a fully managed artifact repository compatible with language-native package managers and build tools such as npm, Apache Maven, pip, and dotnet. You can use CodeArtifact to share packages with development teams and pull packages. Packages can be pulled from both public and CodeArtifact repositories. You can also create an upstream relationship between a CodeArtifact repository and another repository, which effectively merges their contents from the point of view of a package manager client.
CodeArtifact concepts
-
Repository: A CodeArtifact repository contains a set of package versions, each of which maps to a set of assets, or files. Repositories are polyglot, so a single repository can contain packages of any supported type. Each repository exposes endpoints for fetching and publishing packages using tools such as the
npm
CLI or the Maven CLI (mvn
). For a list of supported package managers, see the CodeArtifact User Guide. -
Domain: Repositories are aggregated into a higher-level entity known as a domain. All package assets and metadata are stored in the domain, but are consumed through repositories. A given package asset, such as a Maven JAR file, is stored once per domain, no matter how many repositories it's present in. All of the assets and metadata in a domain are encrypted with the same customer master key (CMK) stored in Key Management Service (KMS).
Each repository is a member of a single domain and can't be moved to a different domain.
The domain allows organizational policy to be applied across multiple repositories, such as which accounts can access repositories in the domain, and which public repositories can be used as sources of packages.
Although an organization can have multiple domains, we recommend a single production domain that contains all published artifacts so that teams can find and share packages across their organization.
-
Package: A package is a bundle of software and the metadata required to resolve dependencies and install the software. CodeArtifact supports npm, PyPI, Maven, NuGet, Swift, Ruby, Cargo, and generic package formats. For more information about the supported package formats and how to use CodeArtifact with them, see the CodeArtifact User Guide.
In CodeArtifact, a package consists of:
A name (for example,
webpack
is the name of a popular npm package)An optional namespace (for example,
@types
in@types/node
)A set of versions (for example,
1.0.0
,1.0.1
,1.0.2
, etc.)Package-level metadata (for example, npm tags)
-
Package group: A group of packages that match a specified definition. Package groups can be used to apply configuration to multiple packages that match a defined pattern using package format, package namespace, and package name. You can use package groups to more conveniently configure package origin controls for multiple packages. Package origin controls are used to block or allow ingestion or publishing of new package versions, which protects users from malicious actions known as dependency substitution attacks.
-
Package version: A version of a package, such as
@types/node 12.6.9
. The version number format and semantics vary for different package formats. For example, npm package versions must conform to the Semantic Versioning specification. In CodeArtifact, a package version consists of the version identifier, metadata at the package version level, and a set of assets. -
Upstream repository: One repository is upstream of another when the package versions in it can be accessed from the repository endpoint of the downstream repository, effectively merging the contents of the two repositories from the point of view of a client. CodeArtifact allows creating an upstream relationship between two repositories.
-
Asset: An individual file stored in CodeArtifact associated with a package version, such as an npm
.tgz
file or Maven POM and JAR files.
CodeArtifact supported API operations
-
associate_external_connection
: Adds an existing external connection to a repository. -
copy_package_versions
: Copies package versions from one repository to another repository in the same domain. -
create_domain
: Creates a domain. -
create_package_group
: Creates a package group. -
create_repository
: Creates a CodeArtifact repository in a domain. -
delete_domain
: Deletes a domain. You cannot delete a domain that contains repositories. -
delete_domain_permissions_policy
: Deletes the resource policy that is set on a domain. -
delete_package
: Deletes a package and all associated package versions. -
delete_package_group
: Deletes a package group. Does not delete packages or package versions that are associated with a package group. -
delete_package_versions
: Deletes versions of a package. After a package has been deleted, it can be republished, but its assets and metadata cannot be restored because they have been permanently removed from storage. -
delete_repository
: Deletes a repository. -
delete_repository_permissions_policy
: Deletes the resource policy that is set on a repository. -
describe_domain
: Returns aDomainDescription
object that contains information about the requested domain. -
describe_package
: Returns a PackageDescription object that contains details about a package. -
describe_package_group
: Returns a PackageGroup object that contains details about a package group. -
describe_package_version
: Returns a PackageVersionDescription object that contains details about a package version. -
describe_repository
: Returns aRepositoryDescription
object that contains detailed information about the requested repository. -
dispose_package_versions
: Disposes versions of a package. A package version with the statusDisposed
cannot be restored because they have been permanently removed from storage. -
disassociate_external_connection
: Removes an existing external connection from a repository. -
get_associated_package_group
: Returns the most closely associated package group to the specified package. -
get_authorization_token
: Generates a temporary authorization token for accessing repositories in the domain. The token expires the authorization period has passed. The default authorization period is 12 hours and can be customized to any length with a maximum of 12 hours. -
get_domain_permissions_policy
: Returns the policy of a resource that is attached to the specified domain. -
get_package_version_asset
: Returns the contents of an asset that is in a package version. -
get_package_version_readme
: Gets the readme file or descriptive text for a package version. -
get_repository_endpoint
: Returns the endpoint of a repository for a specific package format. A repository has one endpoint for each package format:-
cargo
-
generic
-
maven
-
npm
-
nuget
-
pypi
-
ruby
-
swift
-
-
get_repository_permissions_policy
: Returns the resource policy that is set on a repository. -
list_allowed_repositories_for_group
: Lists the allowed repositories for a package group that has origin configuration set toALLOW_SPECIFIC_REPOSITORIES
. -
list_associated_packages
: Returns a list of packages associated with the requested package group. -
list_domains
: Returns a list ofDomainSummary
objects. Each returnedDomainSummary
object contains information about a domain. -
list_packages
: Lists the packages in a repository. -
list_package_groups
: Returns a list of package groups in the requested domain. -
list_package_version_assets
: Lists the assets for a given package version. -
list_package_version_dependencies
: Returns a list of the direct dependencies for a package version. -
list_package_versions
: Returns a list of package versions for a specified package in a repository. -
list_repositories
: Returns a list of repositories owned by the Amazon Web Services account that called this method. -
list_repositories_in_domain
: Returns a list of the repositories in a domain. -
list_sub_package_groups
: Returns a list of direct children of the specified package group. -
publish_package_version
: Creates a new package version containing one or more assets. -
put_domain_permissions_policy
: Attaches a resource policy to a domain. -
put_package_origin_configuration
: Sets the package origin configuration for a package, which determine how new versions of the package can be added to a specific repository. -
put_repository_permissions_policy
: Sets the resource policy on a repository that specifies permissions to access it. -
update_package_group
: Updates a package group. This API cannot be used to update a package group's origin configuration or pattern. -
update_package_group_origin_configuration
: Updates the package origin configuration for a package group. -
update_package_versions_status
: Updates the status of one or more versions of a package. -
update_repository
: Updates the properties of a repository.
Usage
codeartifact(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codeartifact( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
associate_external_connection | Adds an existing external connection to a repository |
copy_package_versions | Copies package versions from one repository to another repository in the same domain |
create_domain | Creates a domain |
create_package_group | Creates a package group |
create_repository | Creates a repository |
delete_domain | Deletes a domain |
delete_domain_permissions_policy | Deletes the resource policy set on a domain |
delete_package | Deletes a package and all associated package versions |
delete_package_group | Deletes a package group |
delete_package_versions | Deletes one or more versions of a package |
delete_repository | Deletes a repository |
delete_repository_permissions_policy | Deletes the resource policy that is set on a repository |
describe_domain | Returns a DomainDescription object that contains information about the requested domain |
describe_package | Returns a PackageDescription object that contains information about the requested package |
describe_package_group | Returns a PackageGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested package group |
describe_package_version | Returns a PackageVersionDescription object that contains information about the requested package version |
describe_repository | Returns a RepositoryDescription object that contains detailed information about the requested repository |
disassociate_external_connection | Removes an existing external connection from a repository |
dispose_package_versions | Deletes the assets in package versions and sets the package versions' status to Disposed |
get_associated_package_group | Returns the most closely associated package group to the specified package |
get_authorization_token | Generates a temporary authorization token for accessing repositories in the domain |
get_domain_permissions_policy | Returns the resource policy attached to the specified domain |
get_package_version_asset | Returns an asset (or file) that is in a package |
get_package_version_readme | Gets the readme file or descriptive text for a package version |
get_repository_endpoint | Returns the endpoint of a repository for a specific package format |
get_repository_permissions_policy | Returns the resource policy that is set on a repository |
list_allowed_repositories_for_group | Lists the repositories in the added repositories list of the specified restriction type for a package group |
list_associated_packages | Returns a list of packages associated with the requested package group |
list_domains | Returns a list of DomainSummary objects for all domains owned by the Amazon Web Services account that makes this call |
list_package_groups | Returns a list of package groups in the requested domain |
list_packages | Returns a list of PackageSummary objects for packages in a repository that match the request parameters |
list_package_version_assets | Returns a list of AssetSummary objects for assets in a package version |
list_package_version_dependencies | Returns the direct dependencies for a package version |
list_package_versions | Returns a list of PackageVersionSummary objects for package versions in a repository that match the request parameters |
list_repositories | Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects |
list_repositories_in_domain | Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects |
list_sub_package_groups | Returns a list of direct children of the specified package group |
list_tags_for_resource | Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeArtifact |
publish_package_version | Creates a new package version containing one or more assets (or files) |
put_domain_permissions_policy | Sets a resource policy on a domain that specifies permissions to access it |
put_package_origin_configuration | Sets the package origin configuration for a package |
put_repository_permissions_policy | Sets the resource policy on a repository that specifies permissions to access it |
tag_resource | Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeArtifact |
untag_resource | Removes tags from a resource in CodeArtifact |
update_package_group | Updates a package group |
update_package_group_origin_configuration | Updates the package origin configuration for a package group |
update_package_versions_status | Updates the status of one or more versions of a package |
update_repository | Update the properties of a repository |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codeartifact()
svc$associate_external_connection(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Adds an existing external connection to a repository
Description
Adds an existing external connection to a repository. One external connection is allowed per repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_associate_external_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_associate_external_connection(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
externalConnection
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository to which the external connection is added. |
externalConnection |
[required] The name of the external connection to add to the repository. The following values are supported:
|
Copies package versions from one repository to another repository in the same domain
Description
Copies package versions from one repository to another repository in the same domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_copy_package_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_copy_package_versions(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
sourceRepository,
destinationRepository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
versions = NULL,
versionRevisions = NULL,
allowOverwrite = NULL,
includeFromUpstream = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the source and destination repositories. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
sourceRepository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the package versions to be copied. |
destinationRepository |
[required] The name of the repository into which package versions are copied. |
format |
[required] The format of the package versions to be copied. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package versions to be copied. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when copying package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package that contains the versions to be copied. |
versions |
The versions of the package to be copied. You must specify |
versionRevisions |
A list of key-value pairs. The keys are package versions and the values
are package version revisions. A You must specify |
allowOverwrite |
Set to true to overwrite a package version that already exists in the
destination repository. If set to false and the package version already
exists in the destination repository, the package version is returned in
the |
includeFromUpstream |
Set to true to copy packages from repositories that are upstream from the source repository to the destination repository. The default setting is false. For more information, see Working with upstream repositories. |
Creates a domain
Description
Creates a domain. CodeArtifact domains make it easier to manage multiple repositories across an organization. You can use a domain to apply permissions across many repositories owned by different Amazon Web Services accounts. An asset is stored only once in a domain, even if it's in multiple repositories.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_create_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_create_domain(domain, encryptionKey = NULL, tags = NULL)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain to create. All domain names in an Amazon Web Services Region that are in the same Amazon Web Services account must be unique. The domain name is used as the prefix in DNS hostnames. Do not use sensitive information in a domain name because it is publicly discoverable. |
encryptionKey |
The encryption key for the domain. This is used to encrypt content
stored in a domain. An encryption key can be a key ID, a key Amazon
Resource Name (ARN), a key alias, or a key alias ARN. To specify an
CodeArtifact supports only symmetric CMKs. Do not associate an asymmetric CMK with your domain. For more information, see Using symmetric and asymmetric keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. |
tags |
One or more tag key-value pairs for the domain. |
Creates a package group
Description
Creates a package group. For more information about creating package groups, including example CLI commands, see Create a package group in the CodeArtifact User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_create_package_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_create_package_group(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
packageGroup,
contactInfo = NULL,
description = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain in which you want to create a package group. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the package group to create. The pattern is also the identifier of the package group. |
contactInfo |
The contact information for the created package group. |
description |
A description of the package group. |
tags |
One or more tag key-value pairs for the package group. |
Creates a repository
Description
Creates a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_create_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_create_repository(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
description = NULL,
upstreams = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the created repository. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository to create. |
description |
A description of the created repository. |
upstreams |
A list of upstream repositories to associate with the repository. The order of the upstream repositories in the list determines their priority order when CodeArtifact looks for a requested package version. For more information, see Working with upstream repositories. |
tags |
One or more tag key-value pairs for the repository. |
Deletes a domain
Description
Deletes a domain. You cannot delete a domain that contains repositories. If you want to delete a domain with repositories, first delete its repositories.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_delete_domain(domain, domainOwner = NULL)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain to delete. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
Deletes the resource policy set on a domain
Description
Deletes the resource policy set on a domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_domain_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_delete_domain_permissions_policy(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
policyRevision = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain associated with the resource policy to be deleted. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
policyRevision |
The current revision of the resource policy to be deleted. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from overwriting your changes to the domain's resource policy. |
Deletes a package and all associated package versions
Description
Deletes a package and all associated package versions. A deleted package cannot be restored. To delete one or more package versions, use the delete_package_versions
API.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_package/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_delete_package(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the package to delete. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the package to delete. |
format |
[required] The format of the requested package to delete. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package to delete. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when deleting packages of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package to delete. |
Deletes a package group
Description
Deletes a package group. Deleting a package group does not delete packages or package versions associated with the package group. When a package group is deleted, the direct child package groups will become children of the package group's direct parent package group. Therefore, if any of the child groups are inheriting any settings from the parent, those settings could change.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_package_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_delete_package_group(domain, domainOwner = NULL, packageGroup)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The domain that contains the package group to be deleted. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the package group to be deleted. |
Deletes one or more versions of a package
Description
Deletes one or more versions of a package. A deleted package version cannot be restored in your repository. If you want to remove a package version from your repository and be able to restore it later, set its status to Archived
. Archived packages cannot be downloaded from a repository and don't show up with list package APIs (for example, list_package_versions
), but you can restore them using update_package_versions_status
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_package_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_delete_package_versions(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
versions,
expectedStatus = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the package to delete. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the package versions to delete. |
format |
[required] The format of the package versions to delete. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package versions to be deleted. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when deleting package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package with the versions to delete. |
versions |
[required] An array of strings that specify the versions of the package to delete. |
expectedStatus |
The expected status of the package version to delete. |
Deletes a repository
Description
Deletes a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_delete_repository(domain, domainOwner = NULL, repository)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository to delete. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository to delete. |
Deletes the resource policy that is set on a repository
Description
Deletes the resource policy that is set on a repository. After a resource policy is deleted, the permissions allowed and denied by the deleted policy are removed. The effect of deleting a resource policy might not be immediate.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_delete_repository_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_delete_repository_permissions_policy(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
policyRevision = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository associated with the resource policy to be deleted. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the resource policy to be deleted |
policyRevision |
The revision of the repository's resource policy to be deleted. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from accidentally overwriting your changes to the repository's resource policy. |
Returns a DomainDescription object that contains information about the requested domain
Description
Returns a DomainDescription object that contains information about the requested domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_describe_domain(domain, domainOwner = NULL)
Arguments
domain |
[required] A string that specifies the name of the requested domain. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
Returns a PackageDescription object that contains information about the requested package
Description
Returns a PackageDescription object that contains information about the requested package.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_package/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_describe_package(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested package. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of the requested package. |
namespace |
The namespace of the requested package. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when requesting packages of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the requested package. |
Returns a PackageGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested package group
Description
Returns a PackageGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested package group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_package_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_describe_package_group(domain, domainOwner = NULL, packageGroup)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the package group. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the requested package group. |
Returns a PackageVersionDescription object that contains information about the requested package version
Description
Returns a PackageVersionDescription object that contains information about the requested package version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_package_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_describe_package_version(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
packageVersion
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the package version. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of the requested package version. |
namespace |
The namespace of the requested package version. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when requesting package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the requested package version. |
packageVersion |
[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, |
Returns a RepositoryDescription object that contains detailed information about the requested repository
Description
Returns a RepositoryDescription
object that contains detailed information about the requested repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_describe_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_describe_repository(domain, domainOwner = NULL, repository)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository to describe. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] A string that specifies the name of the requested repository. |
Removes an existing external connection from a repository
Description
Removes an existing external connection from a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_disassociate_external_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_disassociate_external_connection(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
externalConnection
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository from which to remove the external repository. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository from which the external connection will be removed. |
externalConnection |
[required] The name of the external connection to be removed from the repository. |
Deletes the assets in package versions and sets the package versions' status to Disposed
Description
Deletes the assets in package versions and sets the package versions' status to Disposed
. A disposed package version cannot be restored in your repository because its assets are deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_dispose_package_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_dispose_package_versions(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
versions,
versionRevisions = NULL,
expectedStatus = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository you want to dispose. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the package versions you want to dispose. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of package versions you want to dispose. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package versions to be disposed. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when disposing package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package with the versions you want to dispose. |
versions |
[required] The versions of the package you want to dispose. |
versionRevisions |
The revisions of the package versions you want to dispose. |
expectedStatus |
The expected status of the package version to dispose. |
Returns the most closely associated package group to the specified package
Description
Returns the most closely associated package group to the specified package. This API does not require that the package exist in any repository in the domain. As such, get_associated_package_group
can be used to see which package group's origin configuration applies to a package before that package is in a repository. This can be helpful to check if public packages are blocked without ingesting them.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_associated_package_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_get_associated_package_group(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the package from which to get the associated package group. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
format |
[required] The format of the package from which to get the associated package group. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package from which to get the associated package group. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when getting associated package groups from packages of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The package from which to get the associated package group. |
Generates a temporary authorization token for accessing repositories in the domain
Description
Generates a temporary authorization token for accessing repositories in the domain. This API requires the codeartifact:GetAuthorizationToken
and sts:GetServiceBearerToken
permissions. For more information about authorization tokens, see CodeArtifact authentication and tokens.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_authorization_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_get_authorization_token(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
durationSeconds = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that is in scope for the generated authorization token. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
durationSeconds |
The time, in seconds, that the generated authorization token is valid.
Valid values are |
Returns the resource policy attached to the specified domain
Description
Returns the resource policy attached to the specified domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_domain_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_get_domain_permissions_policy(domain, domainOwner = NULL)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain to which the resource policy is attached. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
Returns an asset (or file) that is in a package
Description
Returns an asset (or file) that is in a package. For example, for a Maven package version, use get_package_version_asset
to download a JAR
file, a POM
file, or any other assets in the package version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_package_version_asset/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_get_package_version_asset(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
packageVersion,
asset,
packageVersionRevision = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version with the requested asset. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The repository that contains the package version with the requested asset. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of the package version with the requested asset file. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package version with the requested asset file. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when requesting assets from package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package that contains the requested asset. |
packageVersion |
[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, |
asset |
[required] The name of the requested asset. |
packageVersionRevision |
The name of the package version revision that contains the requested asset. |
Gets the readme file or descriptive text for a package version
Description
Gets the readme file or descriptive text for a package version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_package_version_readme/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_get_package_version_readme(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
packageVersion
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version with the requested readme file. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The repository that contains the package with the requested readme file. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of the package version with the requested readme file. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package version with the requested readme file. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when requesting the readme from package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package version that contains the requested readme file. |
packageVersion |
[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, |
Returns the endpoint of a repository for a specific package format
Description
Returns the endpoint of a repository for a specific package format. A repository has one endpoint for each package format:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_repository_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_get_repository_endpoint(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
endpointType = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain that contains the repository. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository. |
format |
[required] Returns which endpoint of a repository to return. A repository has one endpoint for each package format. |
endpointType |
A string that specifies the type of endpoint. |
Returns the resource policy that is set on a repository
Description
Returns the resource policy that is set on a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_get_repository_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_get_repository_permissions_policy(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain containing the repository whose associated resource policy is to be retrieved. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository whose associated resource policy is to be retrieved. |
Lists the repositories in the added repositories list of the specified restriction type for a package group
Description
Lists the repositories in the added repositories list of the specified restriction type for a package group. For more information about restriction types and added repository lists, see Package group origin controls in the CodeArtifact User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_allowed_repositories_for_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_allowed_repositories_for_group(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
packageGroup,
originRestrictionType,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the package group from which to list allowed repositories. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the package group from which to list allowed repositories. |
originRestrictionType |
[required] The origin configuration restriction type of which to list allowed repositories. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
Returns a list of packages associated with the requested package group
Description
Returns a list of packages associated with the requested package group. For information package group association and matching, see Package group definition syntax and matching behavior in the CodeArtifact User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_associated_packages/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_associated_packages(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
packageGroup,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
preview = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the package group from which to list associated packages. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the package group from which to list associated packages. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
preview |
When this flag is included,
|
Returns a list of DomainSummary objects for all domains owned by the Amazon Web Services account that makes this call
Description
Returns a list of DomainSummary objects for all domains owned by the Amazon Web Services account that makes this call. Each returned DomainSummary
object contains information about a domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_domains/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_domains(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
Returns a list of package groups in the requested domain
Description
Returns a list of package groups in the requested domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_package_groups(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
prefix = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The domain for which you want to list package groups. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
prefix |
A prefix for which to search package groups. When included,
|
Returns a list of AssetSummary objects for assets in a package version
Description
Returns a list of AssetSummary objects for assets in a package version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_version_assets/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_package_version_assets(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
packageVersion,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository associated with the package version assets. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the package that contains the requested package version assets. |
format |
[required] The format of the package that contains the requested package version assets. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package version that contains the requested package version assets. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required requesting assets from package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package that contains the requested package version assets. |
packageVersion |
[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
Returns the direct dependencies for a package version
Description
Returns the direct dependencies for a package version. The dependencies are returned as PackageDependency objects. CodeArtifact extracts the dependencies for a package version from the metadata file for the package format (for example, the package.json
file for npm packages and the pom.xml
file for Maven). Any package version dependencies that are not listed in the configuration file are not returned.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_version_dependencies/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_package_version_dependencies(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
packageVersion,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the requested package version dependencies. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested package version. |
format |
[required] The format of the package with the requested dependencies. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package version with the requested dependencies. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when listing dependencies from package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package versions' package. |
packageVersion |
[required] A string that contains the package version (for example, |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
Returns a list of PackageVersionSummary objects for package versions in a repository that match the request parameters
Description
Returns a list of PackageVersionSummary objects for package versions in a repository that match the request parameters. Package versions of all statuses will be returned by default when calling list-package-versions
with no --status
parameter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_package_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_package_versions(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
status = NULL,
sortBy = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
originType = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the requested package versions. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested package versions. |
format |
[required] The format of the package versions you want to list. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package that contains the requested package versions. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example: The namespace is required when deleting package versions of the following formats:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package for which you want to request package versions. |
status |
A string that filters the requested package versions by status. |
sortBy |
How to sort the requested list of package versions. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
originType |
The |
Returns a list of PackageSummary objects for packages in a repository that match the request parameters
Description
Returns a list of PackageSummary objects for packages in a repository that match the request parameters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_packages/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_packages(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format = NULL,
namespace = NULL,
packagePrefix = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
publish = NULL,
upstream = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the requested packages. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the requested packages. |
format |
The format used to filter requested packages. Only packages from the provided format will be returned. |
namespace |
The namespace prefix used to filter requested packages. Only packages
with a namespace that starts with the provided string value are
returned. Note that although this option is called Each package format uses namespace as follows:
|
packagePrefix |
A prefix used to filter requested packages. Only packages with names
that start with |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
publish |
The value of the |
upstream |
The value of the |
Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects
Description
Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects. Each RepositorySummary
contains information about a repository in the specified Amazon Web Services account and that matches the input parameters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_repositories(
repositoryPrefix = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryPrefix |
A prefix used to filter returned repositories. Only repositories with
names that start with |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects
Description
Returns a list of RepositorySummary objects. Each RepositorySummary
contains information about a repository in the specified domain and that matches the input parameters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_repositories_in_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_repositories_in_domain(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
administratorAccount = NULL,
repositoryPrefix = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the returned list of repositories. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
administratorAccount |
Filter the list of repositories to only include those that are managed by the Amazon Web Services account ID. |
repositoryPrefix |
A prefix used to filter returned repositories. Only repositories with
names that start with |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
Returns a list of direct children of the specified package group
Description
Returns a list of direct children of the specified package group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_sub_package_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_sub_package_groups(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
packageGroup,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain which contains the package group from which to list sub package groups. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the package group from which to list sub package groups. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return per page. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of results. Use the value returned in the previous response in the next request to retrieve the next set of results. |
Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeArtifact
Description
Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeArtifact.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to get tags for. |
Creates a new package version containing one or more assets (or files)
Description
Creates a new package version containing one or more assets (or files).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_publish_package_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_publish_package_version(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
packageVersion,
assetContent,
assetName,
assetSHA256,
unfinished = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package version to publish. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the AWS account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that the package version will be published to. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of the package version with the requested asset file. The only supported value is |
namespace |
The namespace of the package version to publish. |
package |
[required] The name of the package version to publish. |
packageVersion |
[required] The package version to publish (for example, |
assetContent |
[required] The content of the asset to publish. |
assetName |
[required] The name of the asset to publish. Asset names can include Unicode
letters and numbers, and the following special characters:
[ ]: R:%20 |
assetSHA256 |
[required] The SHA256 hash of the This value is used as an integrity check to verify that the
|
unfinished |
Specifies whether the package version should remain in the Valid values: |
Sets a resource policy on a domain that specifies permissions to access it
Description
Sets a resource policy on a domain that specifies permissions to access it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_put_domain_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_put_domain_permissions_policy(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
policyRevision = NULL,
policyDocument
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain on which to set the resource policy. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
policyRevision |
The current revision of the resource policy to be set. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from overwriting your changes to the domain's resource policy. |
policyDocument |
[required] A valid displayable JSON Aspen policy string to be set as the access control resource policy on the provided domain. |
Sets the package origin configuration for a package
Description
Sets the package origin configuration for a package.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_put_package_origin_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_put_package_origin_configuration(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
restrictions
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the package. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of the package to be updated. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package to be updated. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package to be updated. |
restrictions |
[required] A
PackageOriginRestrictions
object that contains information about the You must include both the desired |
Sets the resource policy on a repository that specifies permissions to access it
Description
Sets the resource policy on a repository that specifies permissions to access it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_put_repository_permissions_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_put_repository_permissions_policy(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
policyRevision = NULL,
policyDocument
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain containing the repository to set the resource policy on. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository to set the resource policy on. |
policyRevision |
Sets the revision of the resource policy that specifies permissions to access the repository. This revision is used for optimistic locking, which prevents others from overwriting your changes to the repository's resource policy. |
policyDocument |
[required] A valid displayable JSON Aspen policy string to be set as the access control resource policy on the provided repository. |
Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeArtifact
Description
Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeArtifact.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to add or update tags for. |
tags |
[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource. |
Removes tags from a resource in CodeArtifact
Description
Removes tags from a resource in CodeArtifact.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags from. |
tagKeys |
[required] The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource. |
Updates a package group
Description
Updates a package group. This API cannot be used to update a package group's origin configuration or pattern. To update a package group's origin configuration, use update_package_group_origin_configuration
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_package_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_update_package_group(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
packageGroup,
contactInfo = NULL,
description = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain which contains the package group to be updated. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the package group to be updated. |
contactInfo |
Contact information which you want to update the requested package group with. |
description |
The description you want to update the requested package group with. |
Updates the package origin configuration for a package group
Description
Updates the package origin configuration for a package group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_package_group_origin_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_update_package_group_origin_configuration(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
packageGroup,
restrictions = NULL,
addAllowedRepositories = NULL,
removeAllowedRepositories = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain which contains the package group for which to update the origin configuration. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
packageGroup |
[required] The pattern of the package group for which to update the origin configuration. |
restrictions |
The origin configuration settings that determine how package versions can enter repositories. |
addAllowedRepositories |
The repository name and restrictions to add to the allowed repository list of the specified package group. |
removeAllowedRepositories |
The repository name and restrictions to remove from the allowed repository list of the specified package group. |
Updates the status of one or more versions of a package
Description
Updates the status of one or more versions of a package. Using update_package_versions_status
, you can update the status of package versions to Archived
, Published
, or Unlisted
. To set the status of a package version to Disposed
, use dispose_package_versions
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_package_versions_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_update_package_versions_status(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
format,
namespace = NULL,
package,
versions,
versionRevisions = NULL,
expectedStatus = NULL,
targetStatus
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain that contains the repository that contains the package versions with a status to be updated. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The repository that contains the package versions with the status you want to update. |
format |
[required] A format that specifies the type of the package with the statuses to update. |
namespace |
The namespace of the package version to be updated. The package component that specifies its namespace depends on its type. For example:
|
package |
[required] The name of the package with the version statuses to update. |
versions |
[required] An array of strings that specify the versions of the package with the statuses to update. |
versionRevisions |
A map of package versions and package version revisions. The map |
expectedStatus |
The package version’s expected status before it is updated. If
|
targetStatus |
[required] The status you want to change the package version status to. |
Update the properties of a repository
Description
Update the properties of a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeartifact_update_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeartifact_update_repository(
domain,
domainOwner = NULL,
repository,
description = NULL,
upstreams = NULL
)
Arguments
domain |
[required] The name of the domain associated with the repository to update. |
domainOwner |
The 12-digit account number of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the domain. It does not include dashes or spaces. |
repository |
[required] The name of the repository to update. |
description |
An updated repository description. |
upstreams |
A list of upstream repositories to associate with the repository. The order of the upstream repositories in the list determines their priority order when CodeArtifact looks for a requested package version. For more information, see Working with upstream repositories. |
AWS CodeBuild
Description
CodeBuild
CodeBuild is a fully managed build service in the cloud. CodeBuild compiles your source code, runs unit tests, and produces artifacts that are ready to deploy. CodeBuild eliminates the need to provision, manage, and scale your own build servers. It provides prepackaged build environments for the most popular programming languages and build tools, such as Apache Maven, Gradle, and more. You can also fully customize build environments in CodeBuild to use your own build tools. CodeBuild scales automatically to meet peak build requests. You pay only for the build time you consume. For more information about CodeBuild, see the CodeBuild User Guide.
Usage
codebuild(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codebuild( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
batch_delete_builds | Deletes one or more builds |
batch_get_build_batches | Retrieves information about one or more batch builds |
batch_get_builds | Gets information about one or more builds |
batch_get_fleets | Gets information about one or more compute fleets |
batch_get_projects | Gets information about one or more build projects |
batch_get_report_groups | Returns an array of report groups |
batch_get_reports | Returns an array of reports |
create_fleet | Creates a compute fleet |
create_project | Creates a build project |
create_report_group | Creates a report group |
create_webhook | For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, enables CodeBuild to start rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository |
delete_build_batch | Deletes a batch build |
delete_fleet | Deletes a compute fleet |
delete_project | Deletes a build project |
delete_report | Deletes a report |
delete_report_group | Deletes a report group |
delete_resource_policy | Deletes a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN |
delete_source_credentials | Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials |
delete_webhook | For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops CodeBuild from rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository |
describe_code_coverages | Retrieves one or more code coverage reports |
describe_test_cases | Returns a list of details about test cases for a report |
get_report_group_trend | Analyzes and accumulates test report values for the specified test reports |
get_resource_policy | Gets a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN |
import_source_credentials | Imports the source repository credentials for an CodeBuild project that has its source code stored in a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository |
invalidate_project_cache | Resets the cache for a project |
list_build_batches | Retrieves the identifiers of your build batches in the current region |
list_build_batches_for_project | Retrieves the identifiers of the build batches for a specific project |
list_builds | Gets a list of build IDs, with each build ID representing a single build |
list_builds_for_project | Gets a list of build identifiers for the specified build project, with each build identifier representing a single build |
list_curated_environment_images | Gets information about Docker images that are managed by CodeBuild |
list_fleets | Gets a list of compute fleet names with each compute fleet name representing a single compute fleet |
list_projects | Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing a single build project |
list_report_groups | Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current Amazon Web Services account |
list_reports | Returns a list of ARNs for the reports in the current Amazon Web Services account |
list_reports_for_report_group | Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that belong to a ReportGroup |
list_shared_projects | Gets a list of projects that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users |
list_shared_report_groups | Gets a list of report groups that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users |
list_source_credentials | Returns a list of SourceCredentialsInfo objects |
put_resource_policy | Stores a resource policy for the ARN of a Project or ReportGroup object |
retry_build | Restarts a build |
retry_build_batch | Restarts a failed batch build |
start_build | Starts running a build with the settings defined in the project |
start_build_batch | Starts a batch build for a project |
stop_build | Attempts to stop running a build |
stop_build_batch | Stops a running batch build |
update_fleet | Updates a compute fleet |
update_project | Changes the settings of a build project |
update_project_visibility | Changes the public visibility for a project |
update_report_group | Updates a report group |
update_webhook | Updates the webhook associated with an CodeBuild build project |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codebuild()
# The following example gets information about builds with the specified
# build IDs.
svc$batch_get_builds(
ids = list(
"codebuild-demo-project:9b0ac37f-d19e-4254-9079-f47e9a389eEX",
"codebuild-demo-project:b79a46f7-1473-4636-a23f-da9c45c208EX"
)
)
## End(Not run)
Deletes one or more builds
Description
Deletes one or more builds.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_delete_builds/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_batch_delete_builds(ids)
Arguments
ids |
[required] The IDs of the builds to delete. |
Retrieves information about one or more batch builds
Description
Retrieves information about one or more batch builds.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_build_batches/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_batch_get_build_batches(ids)
Arguments
ids |
[required] An array that contains the batch build identifiers to retrieve. |
Gets information about one or more builds
Description
Gets information about one or more builds.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_builds/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_batch_get_builds(ids)
Arguments
ids |
[required] The IDs of the builds. |
Gets information about one or more compute fleets
Description
Gets information about one or more compute fleets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_fleets/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_batch_get_fleets(names)
Arguments
names |
[required] The names or ARNs of the compute fleets. |
Gets information about one or more build projects
Description
Gets information about one or more build projects.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_projects/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_batch_get_projects(names)
Arguments
names |
[required] The names or ARNs of the build projects. To get information about a project shared with your Amazon Web Services account, its ARN must be specified. You cannot specify a shared project using its name. |
Returns an array of report groups
Description
Returns an array of report groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_report_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_batch_get_report_groups(reportGroupArns)
Arguments
reportGroupArns |
[required] An array of report group ARNs that identify the report groups to return. |
Returns an array of reports
Description
Returns an array of reports.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_batch_get_reports/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_batch_get_reports(reportArns)
Arguments
reportArns |
[required] An array of ARNs that identify the |
Creates a compute fleet
Description
Creates a compute fleet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_create_fleet(
name,
baseCapacity,
environmentType,
computeType,
computeConfiguration = NULL,
scalingConfiguration = NULL,
overflowBehavior = NULL,
vpcConfig = NULL,
proxyConfiguration = NULL,
imageId = NULL,
fleetServiceRole = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the compute fleet. |
baseCapacity |
[required] The initial number of machines allocated to the fleet, which defines the number of builds that can run in parallel. |
environmentType |
[required] The environment type of the compute fleet.
For more information, see Build environment compute types in the CodeBuild user guide. |
computeType |
[required] Information about the compute resources the compute fleet uses. Available values include:
If you use
If you use
For more information, see On-demand environment types in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
computeConfiguration |
The compute configuration of the compute fleet. This is only required if
|
scalingConfiguration |
The scaling configuration of the compute fleet. |
overflowBehavior |
The compute fleet overflow behavior.
|
vpcConfig |
|
proxyConfiguration |
The proxy configuration of the compute fleet. |
imageId |
The Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the compute fleet. |
fleetServiceRole |
The service role associated with the compute fleet. For more information, see Allow a user to add a permission policy for a fleet service role in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
tags |
A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this compute fleet. These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags. |
Creates a build project
Description
Creates a build project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_create_project(
name,
description = NULL,
source,
secondarySources = NULL,
sourceVersion = NULL,
secondarySourceVersions = NULL,
artifacts,
secondaryArtifacts = NULL,
cache = NULL,
environment,
serviceRole,
timeoutInMinutes = NULL,
queuedTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
encryptionKey = NULL,
tags = NULL,
vpcConfig = NULL,
badgeEnabled = NULL,
logsConfig = NULL,
fileSystemLocations = NULL,
buildBatchConfig = NULL,
concurrentBuildLimit = NULL,
autoRetryLimit = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the build project. |
description |
A description that makes the build project easy to identify. |
source |
[required] Information about the build input source code for the build project. |
secondarySources |
An array of |
sourceVersion |
A version of the build input to be built for this project. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, it must be one of:
If For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
secondarySourceVersions |
An array of |
artifacts |
[required] Information about the build output artifacts for the build project. |
secondaryArtifacts |
An array of |
cache |
Stores recently used information so that it can be quickly accessed at a later time. |
environment |
[required] Information about the build environment for the build project. |
serviceRole |
[required] The ARN of the IAM role that enables CodeBuild to interact with dependent Amazon Web Services services on behalf of the Amazon Web Services account. |
timeoutInMinutes |
How long, in minutes, from 5 to 2160 (36 hours), for CodeBuild to wait before it times out any build that has not been marked as completed. The default is 60 minutes. |
queuedTimeoutInMinutes |
The number of minutes a build is allowed to be queued before it times out. |
encryptionKey |
The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) to be used for encrypting the build output artifacts. You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key. You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if
available, the CMK's alias (using the format |
tags |
A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this build project. These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags. |
vpcConfig |
VpcConfig enables CodeBuild to access resources in an Amazon VPC. If you're using compute fleets during project creation, do not provide vpcConfig. |
badgeEnabled |
Set this to true to generate a publicly accessible URL for your project's build badge. |
logsConfig |
Information about logs for the build project. These can be logs in CloudWatch Logs, logs uploaded to a specified S3 bucket, or both. |
fileSystemLocations |
An array of |
buildBatchConfig |
A ProjectBuildBatchConfig object that defines the batch build options for the project. |
concurrentBuildLimit |
The maximum number of concurrent builds that are allowed for this project. New builds are only started if the current number of builds is less than or equal to this limit. If the current build count meets this limit, new builds are throttled and are not run. |
autoRetryLimit |
The maximum number of additional automatic retries after a failed build.
For example, if the auto-retry limit is set to 2, CodeBuild will call
the |
Creates a report group
Description
Creates a report group. A report group contains a collection of reports.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_report_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_create_report_group(name, type, exportConfig, tags = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the report group. |
type |
[required] The type of report group. |
exportConfig |
[required] A |
tags |
A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this report group. These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild report group tags. |
For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, enables CodeBuild to start rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository
Description
For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, enables CodeBuild to start rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_create_webhook/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_create_webhook(
projectName,
branchFilter = NULL,
filterGroups = NULL,
buildType = NULL,
manualCreation = NULL,
scopeConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
projectName |
[required] The name of the CodeBuild project. |
branchFilter |
A regular expression used to determine which repository branches are
built when a webhook is triggered. If the name of a branch matches the
regular expression, then it is built. If It is recommended that you use |
filterGroups |
An array of arrays of For a build to be triggered, at least one filter group in the
|
buildType |
Specifies the type of build this webhook will trigger.
|
manualCreation |
If manualCreation is true, CodeBuild doesn't create a webhook in GitHub
and instead returns
|
scopeConfiguration |
The scope configuration for global or organization webhooks. Global or organization webhooks are only available for GitHub and Github Enterprise webhooks. |
Deletes a batch build
Description
Deletes a batch build.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_build_batch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_build_batch(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The identifier of the batch build to delete. |
Deletes a compute fleet
Description
Deletes a compute fleet. When you delete a compute fleet, its builds are not deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_fleet(arn)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The ARN of the compute fleet. |
Deletes a build project
Description
Deletes a build project. When you delete a project, its builds are not deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_project(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the build project. |
Deletes a report
Description
Deletes a report.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_report/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_report(arn)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The ARN of the report to delete. |
Deletes a report group
Description
Deletes a report group. Before you delete a report group, you must delete its reports.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_report_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_report_group(arn, deleteReports = NULL)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The ARN of the report group to delete. |
deleteReports |
If If |
Deletes a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN
Description
Deletes a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_resource_policy(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the resource that is associated with the resource policy. |
Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials
Description
Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_source_credentials/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_source_credentials(arn)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the token. |
For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops CodeBuild from rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository
Description
For an existing CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops CodeBuild from rebuilding the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_delete_webhook/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_delete_webhook(projectName)
Arguments
projectName |
[required] The name of the CodeBuild project. |
Retrieves one or more code coverage reports
Description
Retrieves one or more code coverage reports.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_describe_code_coverages/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_describe_code_coverages(
reportArn,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL,
sortBy = NULL,
minLineCoveragePercentage = NULL,
maxLineCoveragePercentage = NULL
)
Arguments
reportArn |
[required] The ARN of the report for which test cases are returned. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return. |
sortOrder |
Specifies if the results are sorted in ascending or descending order. |
sortBy |
Specifies how the results are sorted. Possible values are: FILE_PATH The results are sorted by file path. LINE_COVERAGE_PERCENTAGE The results are sorted by the percentage of lines that are covered. |
minLineCoveragePercentage |
The minimum line coverage percentage to report. |
maxLineCoveragePercentage |
The maximum line coverage percentage to report. |
Returns a list of details about test cases for a report
Description
Returns a list of details about test cases for a report.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_describe_test_cases/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_describe_test_cases(
reportArn,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filter = NULL
)
Arguments
reportArn |
[required] The ARN of the report for which test cases are returned. |
nextToken |
During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
is the value specified in |
maxResults |
The maximum number of paginated test cases returned per response. Use
|
filter |
A |
Analyzes and accumulates test report values for the specified test reports
Description
Analyzes and accumulates test report values for the specified test reports.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_get_report_group_trend/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_get_report_group_trend(
reportGroupArn,
numOfReports = NULL,
trendField
)
Arguments
reportGroupArn |
[required] The ARN of the report group that contains the reports to analyze. |
numOfReports |
The number of reports to analyze. This operation always retrieves the most recent reports. If this parameter is omitted, the most recent 100 reports are analyzed. |
trendField |
[required] The test report value to accumulate. This must be one of the following values: Test reports: DURATION Accumulate the test run times for the specified reports. PASS_RATE Accumulate the percentage of tests that passed for the specified test reports. TOTAL Accumulate the total number of tests for the specified test reports. Code coverage reports: BRANCH_COVERAGE Accumulate the branch coverage percentages for the specified test reports. BRANCHES_COVERED Accumulate the branches covered values for the specified test reports. BRANCHES_MISSED Accumulate the branches missed values for the specified test reports. LINE_COVERAGE Accumulate the line coverage percentages for the specified test reports. LINES_COVERED Accumulate the lines covered values for the specified test reports. LINES_MISSED Accumulate the lines not covered values for the specified test reports. |
Gets a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN
Description
Gets a resource policy that is identified by its resource ARN.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_get_resource_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_get_resource_policy(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the resource that is associated with the resource policy. |
Imports the source repository credentials for an CodeBuild project that has its source code stored in a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository
Description
Imports the source repository credentials for an CodeBuild project that has its source code stored in a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_import_source_credentials/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_import_source_credentials(
username = NULL,
token,
serverType,
authType,
shouldOverwrite = NULL
)
Arguments
username |
The Bitbucket username when the |
token |
[required] For GitHub or GitHub Enterprise, this is the personal access token. For
Bitbucket, this is either the access token or the app password. For the
|
serverType |
[required] The source provider used for this project. |
authType |
[required] The type of authentication used to connect to a GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or Bitbucket repository. An OAUTH connection is not supported by the API and must be created using the CodeBuild console. |
shouldOverwrite |
Set to |
Resets the cache for a project
Description
Resets the cache for a project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_invalidate_project_cache/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_invalidate_project_cache(projectName)
Arguments
projectName |
[required] The name of the CodeBuild build project that the cache is reset for. |
Retrieves the identifiers of your build batches in the current region
Description
Retrieves the identifiers of your build batches in the current region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_build_batches/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_build_batches(
filter = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filter |
A |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return. |
sortOrder |
Specifies the sort order of the returned items. Valid values include:
|
nextToken |
The |
Retrieves the identifiers of the build batches for a specific project
Description
Retrieves the identifiers of the build batches for a specific project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_build_batches_for_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_build_batches_for_project(
projectName = NULL,
filter = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
projectName |
The name of the project. |
filter |
A |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return. |
sortOrder |
Specifies the sort order of the returned items. Valid values include:
|
nextToken |
The |
Gets a list of build IDs, with each build ID representing a single build
Description
Gets a list of build IDs, with each build ID representing a single build.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_builds/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_builds(sortOrder = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
sortOrder |
The order to list build IDs. Valid values include:
|
nextToken |
During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned. |
Gets a list of build identifiers for the specified build project, with each build identifier representing a single build
Description
Gets a list of build identifiers for the specified build project, with each build identifier representing a single build.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_builds_for_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_builds_for_project(
projectName,
sortOrder = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
projectName |
[required] The name of the CodeBuild project. |
sortOrder |
The order to sort the results in. The results are sorted by build number, not the build identifier. If this is not specified, the results are sorted in descending order. Valid values include:
If the project has more than 100 builds, setting the sort order will result in an error. |
nextToken |
During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned. |
Gets information about Docker images that are managed by CodeBuild
Description
Gets information about Docker images that are managed by CodeBuild.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_curated_environment_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_curated_environment_images()
Gets a list of compute fleet names with each compute fleet name representing a single compute fleet
Description
Gets a list of compute fleet names with each compute fleet name representing a single compute fleet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_fleets/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_fleets(
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL,
sortBy = NULL
)
Arguments
nextToken |
During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of paginated compute fleets returned per response.
Use |
sortOrder |
The order in which to list compute fleets. Valid values include:
Use |
sortBy |
The criterion to be used to list compute fleet names. Valid values include:
Use |
Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing a single build project
Description
Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing a single build project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_projects/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_projects(sortBy = NULL, sortOrder = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
sortBy |
The criterion to be used to list build project names. Valid values include:
Use |
sortOrder |
The order in which to list build projects. Valid values include:
Use |
nextToken |
During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are returned. |
Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current Amazon Web Services account
Description
Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_report_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_report_groups(
sortOrder = NULL,
sortBy = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
sortOrder |
Used to specify the order to sort the list of returned report groups.
Valid values are |
sortBy |
The criterion to be used to list build report groups. Valid values include:
|
nextToken |
During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
is the value specified in |
maxResults |
The maximum number of paginated report groups returned per response. Use
|
Returns a list of ARNs for the reports in the current Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of ARNs for the reports in the current Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_reports/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_reports(
sortOrder = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filter = NULL
)
Arguments
sortOrder |
Specifies the sort order for the list of returned reports. Valid values are:
|
nextToken |
During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
is the value specified in |
maxResults |
The maximum number of paginated reports returned per response. Use
|
filter |
A |
Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that belong to a ReportGroup
Description
Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that belong to a ReportGroup
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_reports_for_report_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_reports_for_report_group(
reportGroupArn,
nextToken = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filter = NULL
)
Arguments
reportGroupArn |
[required] The ARN of the report group for which you want to return report ARNs. |
nextToken |
During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
is the value specified in |
sortOrder |
Use to specify whether the results are returned in ascending or descending order. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of paginated reports in this report group returned
per response. Use |
filter |
A |
Gets a list of projects that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users
Description
Gets a list of projects that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_shared_projects/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_shared_projects(
sortBy = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
sortBy |
The criterion to be used to list build projects shared with the current Amazon Web Services account or user. Valid values include:
|
sortOrder |
The order in which to list shared build projects. Valid values include:
|
maxResults |
The maximum number of paginated shared build projects returned per
response. Use |
nextToken |
During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
is the value specified in |
Gets a list of report groups that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users
Description
Gets a list of report groups that are shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts or users.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_shared_report_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_shared_report_groups(
sortOrder = NULL,
sortBy = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
sortOrder |
The order in which to list shared report groups. Valid values include:
|
sortBy |
The criterion to be used to list report groups shared with the current Amazon Web Services account or user. Valid values include:
|
nextToken |
During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
is the value specified in |
maxResults |
The maximum number of paginated shared report groups per response. Use
|
Returns a list of SourceCredentialsInfo objects
Description
Returns a list of SourceCredentialsInfo
objects.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_list_source_credentials/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_list_source_credentials()
Stores a resource policy for the ARN of a Project or ReportGroup object
Description
Stores a resource policy for the ARN of a Project
or ReportGroup
object.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_put_resource_policy(policy, resourceArn)
Arguments
policy |
[required] A JSON-formatted resource policy. For more information, see Sharing a Project and Sharing a Report Group in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the |
Restarts a build
Description
Restarts a build.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_retry_build/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_retry_build(id = NULL, idempotencyToken = NULL)
Arguments
id |
Specifies the identifier of the build to restart. |
idempotencyToken |
A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the
idempotency of the |
Restarts a failed batch build
Description
Restarts a failed batch build. Only batch builds that have failed can be retried.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_retry_build_batch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_retry_build_batch(
id = NULL,
idempotencyToken = NULL,
retryType = NULL
)
Arguments
id |
Specifies the identifier of the batch build to restart. |
idempotencyToken |
A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the
idempotency of the |
retryType |
Specifies the type of retry to perform. |
Starts running a build with the settings defined in the project
Description
Starts running a build with the settings defined in the project. These setting include: how to run a build, where to get the source code, which build environment to use, which build commands to run, and where to store the build output.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_start_build/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_start_build(
projectName,
secondarySourcesOverride = NULL,
secondarySourcesVersionOverride = NULL,
sourceVersion = NULL,
artifactsOverride = NULL,
secondaryArtifactsOverride = NULL,
environmentVariablesOverride = NULL,
sourceTypeOverride = NULL,
sourceLocationOverride = NULL,
sourceAuthOverride = NULL,
gitCloneDepthOverride = NULL,
gitSubmodulesConfigOverride = NULL,
buildspecOverride = NULL,
insecureSslOverride = NULL,
reportBuildStatusOverride = NULL,
buildStatusConfigOverride = NULL,
environmentTypeOverride = NULL,
imageOverride = NULL,
computeTypeOverride = NULL,
certificateOverride = NULL,
cacheOverride = NULL,
serviceRoleOverride = NULL,
privilegedModeOverride = NULL,
timeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
encryptionKeyOverride = NULL,
idempotencyToken = NULL,
logsConfigOverride = NULL,
registryCredentialOverride = NULL,
imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride = NULL,
debugSessionEnabled = NULL,
fleetOverride = NULL,
autoRetryLimitOverride = NULL
)
Arguments
projectName |
[required] The name of the CodeBuild build project to start running a build. |
secondarySourcesOverride |
An array of |
secondarySourcesVersionOverride |
An array of |
sourceVersion |
The version of the build input to be built, for this build only. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, the contents depends on the source provider: CodeCommit The commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use. GitHub The commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name that
corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a
pull request ID is specified, it must use the format
GitLab The commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use. Bitbucket The commit ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used. Amazon S3 The version ID of the object that represents the build input ZIP file to use. If For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
artifactsOverride |
Build output artifact settings that override, for this build only, the latest ones already defined in the build project. |
secondaryArtifactsOverride |
An array of |
environmentVariablesOverride |
A set of environment variables that overrides, for this build only, the latest ones already defined in the build project. |
sourceTypeOverride |
A source input type, for this build, that overrides the source input defined in the build project. |
sourceLocationOverride |
A location that overrides, for this build, the source location for the one defined in the build project. |
sourceAuthOverride |
An authorization type for this build that overrides the one defined in the build project. This override applies only if the build project's source is BitBucket, GitHub, GitLab, or GitLab Self Managed. |
gitCloneDepthOverride |
The user-defined depth of history, with a minimum value of 0, that overrides, for this build only, any previous depth of history defined in the build project. |
gitSubmodulesConfigOverride |
Information about the Git submodules configuration for this build of an CodeBuild build project. |
buildspecOverride |
A buildspec file declaration that overrides the latest one defined in the build project, for this build only. The buildspec defined on the project is not changed. If this value is set, it can be either an inline buildspec definition,
the path to an alternate buildspec file relative to the value of the
built-in Since this property allows you to change the build commands that will run in the container, you should note that an IAM principal with the ability to call this API and set this parameter can override the default settings. Moreover, we encourage that you use a trustworthy buildspec location like a file in your source repository or a Amazon S3 bucket. |
insecureSslOverride |
Enable this flag to override the insecure SSL setting that is specified in the build project. The insecure SSL setting determines whether to ignore SSL warnings while connecting to the project source code. This override applies only if the build's source is GitHub Enterprise. |
reportBuildStatusOverride |
Set to true to report to your source provider the status of a build's
start and completion. If you use this option with a source provider
other than GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, GitLab, GitLab Self Managed, or
Bitbucket, an To be able to report the build status to the source provider, the user associated with the source provider must have write access to the repo. If the user does not have write access, the build status cannot be updated. For more information, see Source provider access in the CodeBuild User Guide. The status of a build triggered by a webhook is always reported to your source provider. |
buildStatusConfigOverride |
Contains information that defines how the build project reports the
build status to the source provider. This option is only used when the
source provider is |
environmentTypeOverride |
A container type for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project. |
imageOverride |
The name of an image for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project. |
computeTypeOverride |
The name of a compute type for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project. |
certificateOverride |
The name of a certificate for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project. |
cacheOverride |
A ProjectCache object specified for this build that overrides the one defined in the build project. |
serviceRoleOverride |
The name of a service role for this build that overrides the one specified in the build project. |
privilegedModeOverride |
Enable this flag to override privileged mode in the build project. |
timeoutInMinutesOverride |
The number of build timeout minutes, from 5 to 2160 (36 hours), that overrides, for this build only, the latest setting already defined in the build project. |
queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride |
The number of minutes a build is allowed to be queued before it times out. |
encryptionKeyOverride |
The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) that overrides the one specified in the build project. The CMK key encrypts the build output artifacts. You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key. You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if
available, the CMK's alias (using the format |
idempotencyToken |
A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the StartBuild request. The token is included in the StartBuild request and is valid for 5 minutes. If you repeat the StartBuild request with the same token, but change a parameter, CodeBuild returns a parameter mismatch error. |
logsConfigOverride |
Log settings for this build that override the log settings defined in the build project. |
registryCredentialOverride |
The credentials for access to a private registry. |
imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride |
The type of credentials CodeBuild uses to pull images in your build. There are two valid values: CODEBUILD Specifies that CodeBuild uses its own credentials. This requires that you modify your ECR repository policy to trust CodeBuild's service principal. SERVICE_ROLE Specifies that CodeBuild uses your build project's service role. When using a cross-account or private registry image, you must use
|
debugSessionEnabled |
Specifies if session debugging is enabled for this build. For more information, see Viewing a running build in Session Manager. |
fleetOverride |
A ProjectFleet object specified for this build that overrides the one defined in the build project. |
autoRetryLimitOverride |
The maximum number of additional automatic retries after a failed build.
For example, if the auto-retry limit is set to 2, CodeBuild will call
the |
Starts a batch build for a project
Description
Starts a batch build for a project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_start_build_batch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_start_build_batch(
projectName,
secondarySourcesOverride = NULL,
secondarySourcesVersionOverride = NULL,
sourceVersion = NULL,
artifactsOverride = NULL,
secondaryArtifactsOverride = NULL,
environmentVariablesOverride = NULL,
sourceTypeOverride = NULL,
sourceLocationOverride = NULL,
sourceAuthOverride = NULL,
gitCloneDepthOverride = NULL,
gitSubmodulesConfigOverride = NULL,
buildspecOverride = NULL,
insecureSslOverride = NULL,
reportBuildBatchStatusOverride = NULL,
environmentTypeOverride = NULL,
imageOverride = NULL,
computeTypeOverride = NULL,
certificateOverride = NULL,
cacheOverride = NULL,
serviceRoleOverride = NULL,
privilegedModeOverride = NULL,
buildTimeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride = NULL,
encryptionKeyOverride = NULL,
idempotencyToken = NULL,
logsConfigOverride = NULL,
registryCredentialOverride = NULL,
imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride = NULL,
buildBatchConfigOverride = NULL,
debugSessionEnabled = NULL
)
Arguments
projectName |
[required] The name of the project. |
secondarySourcesOverride |
An array of |
secondarySourcesVersionOverride |
An array of |
sourceVersion |
The version of the batch build input to be built, for this build only. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, the contents depends on the source provider: CodeCommit The commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use. GitHub The commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name that
corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a
pull request ID is specified, it must use the format
Bitbucket The commit ID, branch name, or tag name that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build. If a branch name is specified, the branch's HEAD commit ID is used. If not specified, the default branch's HEAD commit ID is used. Amazon S3 The version ID of the object that represents the build input ZIP file to use. If For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
artifactsOverride |
An array of |
secondaryArtifactsOverride |
An array of |
environmentVariablesOverride |
An array of |
sourceTypeOverride |
The source input type that overrides the source input defined in the batch build project. |
sourceLocationOverride |
A location that overrides, for this batch build, the source location defined in the batch build project. |
sourceAuthOverride |
A |
gitCloneDepthOverride |
The user-defined depth of history, with a minimum value of 0, that overrides, for this batch build only, any previous depth of history defined in the batch build project. |
gitSubmodulesConfigOverride |
A |
buildspecOverride |
A buildspec file declaration that overrides, for this build only, the latest one already defined in the build project. If this value is set, it can be either an inline buildspec definition,
the path to an alternate buildspec file relative to the value of the
built-in |
insecureSslOverride |
Enable this flag to override the insecure SSL setting that is specified in the batch build project. The insecure SSL setting determines whether to ignore SSL warnings while connecting to the project source code. This override applies only if the build's source is GitHub Enterprise. |
reportBuildBatchStatusOverride |
Set to The status of a build triggered by a webhook is always reported to your source provider. |
environmentTypeOverride |
A container type for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project. |
imageOverride |
The name of an image for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project. |
computeTypeOverride |
The name of a compute type for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project. |
certificateOverride |
The name of a certificate for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project. |
cacheOverride |
A |
serviceRoleOverride |
The name of a service role for this batch build that overrides the one specified in the batch build project. |
privilegedModeOverride |
Enable this flag to override privileged mode in the batch build project. |
buildTimeoutInMinutesOverride |
Overrides the build timeout specified in the batch build project. |
queuedTimeoutInMinutesOverride |
The number of minutes a batch build is allowed to be queued before it times out. |
encryptionKeyOverride |
The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) that overrides the one specified in the batch build project. The CMK key encrypts the build output artifacts. You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key. You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if
available, the CMK's alias (using the format |
idempotencyToken |
A unique, case sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the
idempotency of the |
logsConfigOverride |
A |
registryCredentialOverride |
A |
imagePullCredentialsTypeOverride |
The type of credentials CodeBuild uses to pull images in your batch build. There are two valid values: CODEBUILD Specifies that CodeBuild uses its own credentials. This requires that you modify your ECR repository policy to trust CodeBuild's service principal. SERVICE_ROLE Specifies that CodeBuild uses your build project's service role. When using a cross-account or private registry image, you must use
|
buildBatchConfigOverride |
A |
debugSessionEnabled |
Specifies if session debugging is enabled for this batch build. For more information, see Viewing a running build in Session Manager. Batch session debugging is not supported for matrix batch builds. |
Attempts to stop running a build
Description
Attempts to stop running a build.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_stop_build/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_stop_build(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the build. |
Stops a running batch build
Description
Stops a running batch build.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_stop_build_batch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_stop_build_batch(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The identifier of the batch build to stop. |
Updates a compute fleet
Description
Updates a compute fleet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_update_fleet(
arn,
baseCapacity = NULL,
environmentType = NULL,
computeType = NULL,
computeConfiguration = NULL,
scalingConfiguration = NULL,
overflowBehavior = NULL,
vpcConfig = NULL,
proxyConfiguration = NULL,
imageId = NULL,
fleetServiceRole = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The ARN of the compute fleet. |
baseCapacity |
The initial number of machines allocated to the compute fleet, which defines the number of builds that can run in parallel. |
environmentType |
The environment type of the compute fleet.
For more information, see Build environment compute types in the CodeBuild user guide. |
computeType |
Information about the compute resources the compute fleet uses. Available values include:
If you use
If you use
For more information, see On-demand environment types in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
computeConfiguration |
The compute configuration of the compute fleet. This is only required if
|
scalingConfiguration |
The scaling configuration of the compute fleet. |
overflowBehavior |
The compute fleet overflow behavior.
|
vpcConfig |
|
proxyConfiguration |
The proxy configuration of the compute fleet. |
imageId |
The Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the compute fleet. |
fleetServiceRole |
The service role associated with the compute fleet. For more information, see Allow a user to add a permission policy for a fleet service role in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
tags |
A list of tag key and value pairs associated with this compute fleet. These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags. |
Changes the settings of a build project
Description
Changes the settings of a build project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_update_project(
name,
description = NULL,
source = NULL,
secondarySources = NULL,
sourceVersion = NULL,
secondarySourceVersions = NULL,
artifacts = NULL,
secondaryArtifacts = NULL,
cache = NULL,
environment = NULL,
serviceRole = NULL,
timeoutInMinutes = NULL,
queuedTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
encryptionKey = NULL,
tags = NULL,
vpcConfig = NULL,
badgeEnabled = NULL,
logsConfig = NULL,
fileSystemLocations = NULL,
buildBatchConfig = NULL,
concurrentBuildLimit = NULL,
autoRetryLimit = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the build project. You cannot change a build project's name. |
description |
A new or replacement description of the build project. |
source |
Information to be changed about the build input source code for the build project. |
secondarySources |
An array of |
sourceVersion |
A version of the build input to be built for this project. If not specified, the latest version is used. If specified, it must be one of:
If For more information, see Source Version Sample with CodeBuild in the CodeBuild User Guide. |
secondarySourceVersions |
An array of |
artifacts |
Information to be changed about the build output artifacts for the build project. |
secondaryArtifacts |
An array of |
cache |
Stores recently used information so that it can be quickly accessed at a later time. |
environment |
Information to be changed about the build environment for the build project. |
serviceRole |
The replacement ARN of the IAM role that enables CodeBuild to interact with dependent Amazon Web Services services on behalf of the Amazon Web Services account. |
timeoutInMinutes |
The replacement value in minutes, from 5 to 2160 (36 hours), for CodeBuild to wait before timing out any related build that did not get marked as completed. |
queuedTimeoutInMinutes |
The number of minutes a build is allowed to be queued before it times out. |
encryptionKey |
The Key Management Service customer master key (CMK) to be used for encrypting the build output artifacts. You can use a cross-account KMS key to encrypt the build output artifacts if your service role has permission to that key. You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK or, if
available, the CMK's alias (using the format |
tags |
An updated list of tag key and value pairs associated with this build project. These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild build project tags. |
vpcConfig |
VpcConfig enables CodeBuild to access resources in an Amazon VPC. |
badgeEnabled |
Set this to true to generate a publicly accessible URL for your project's build badge. |
logsConfig |
Information about logs for the build project. A project can create logs in CloudWatch Logs, logs in an S3 bucket, or both. |
fileSystemLocations |
An array of |
buildBatchConfig |
|
concurrentBuildLimit |
The maximum number of concurrent builds that are allowed for this project. New builds are only started if the current number of builds is less than or equal to this limit. If the current build count meets this limit, new builds are throttled and are not run. To remove this limit, set this value to -1. |
autoRetryLimit |
The maximum number of additional automatic retries after a failed build.
For example, if the auto-retry limit is set to 2, CodeBuild will call
the |
Changes the public visibility for a project
Description
Changes the public visibility for a project. The project's build results, logs, and artifacts are available to the general public. For more information, see Public build projects in the CodeBuild User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_project_visibility/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_update_project_visibility(
projectArn,
projectVisibility,
resourceAccessRole = NULL
)
Arguments
projectArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the build project. |
projectVisibility |
[required] |
resourceAccessRole |
The ARN of the IAM role that enables CodeBuild to access the CloudWatch Logs and Amazon S3 artifacts for the project's builds. |
Updates a report group
Description
Updates a report group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_report_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_update_report_group(arn, exportConfig = NULL, tags = NULL)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The ARN of the report group to update. |
exportConfig |
Used to specify an updated export type. Valid values are:
|
tags |
An updated list of tag key and value pairs associated with this report group. These tags are available for use by Amazon Web Services services that support CodeBuild report group tags. |
Updates the webhook associated with an CodeBuild build project
Description
Updates the webhook associated with an CodeBuild build project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codebuild_update_webhook/ for full documentation.
Usage
codebuild_update_webhook(
projectName,
branchFilter = NULL,
rotateSecret = NULL,
filterGroups = NULL,
buildType = NULL
)
Arguments
projectName |
[required] The name of the CodeBuild project. |
branchFilter |
A regular expression used to determine which repository branches are
built when a webhook is triggered. If the name of a branch matches the
regular expression, then it is built. If It is recommended that you use |
rotateSecret |
A boolean value that specifies whether the associated GitHub
repository's secret token should be updated. If you use Bitbucket for
your repository, |
filterGroups |
An array of arrays of |
buildType |
Specifies the type of build this webhook will trigger.
|
Amazon CodeCatalyst
Description
Welcome to the Amazon CodeCatalyst API reference. This reference provides descriptions of operations and data types for Amazon CodeCatalyst. You can use the Amazon CodeCatalyst API to work with the following objects.
Spaces, by calling the following:
-
delete_space
, which deletes a space. -
get_space
, which returns information about a space. -
get_subscription
, which returns information about the Amazon Web Services account used for billing purposes and the billing plan for the space. -
list_spaces
, which retrieves a list of spaces. -
update_space
, which changes one or more values for a space.
Projects, by calling the following:
-
create_project
which creates a project in a specified space. -
get_project
, which returns information about a project. -
list_projects
, which retrieves a list of projects in a space.
Users, by calling the following:
-
get_user_details
, which returns information about a user in Amazon CodeCatalyst.
Source repositories, by calling the following:
-
create_source_repository
, which creates an empty Git-based source repository in a specified project. -
create_source_repository_branch
, which creates a branch in a specified repository where you can work on code. -
delete_source_repository
, which deletes a source repository. -
get_source_repository
, which returns information about a source repository. -
get_source_repository_clone_urls
, which returns information about the URLs that can be used with a Git client to clone a source repository. -
list_source_repositories
, which retrieves a list of source repositories in a project. -
list_source_repository_branches
, which retrieves a list of branches in a source repository.
Dev Environments and the Amazon Web Services Toolkits, by calling the following:
-
create_dev_environment
, which creates a Dev Environment, where you can quickly work on the code stored in the source repositories of your project. -
delete_dev_environment
, which deletes a Dev Environment. -
get_dev_environment
, which returns information about a Dev Environment. -
list_dev_environments
, which retrieves a list of Dev Environments in a project. -
list_dev_environment_sessions
, which retrieves a list of active Dev Environment sessions in a project. -
start_dev_environment
, which starts a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an active state. -
start_dev_environment_session
, which starts a session to a specified Dev Environment. -
stop_dev_environment
, which stops a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an stopped state. -
stop_dev_environment_session
, which stops a session for a specified Dev Environment. -
update_dev_environment
, which changes one or more values for a Dev Environment.
Workflows, by calling the following:
-
get_workflow
, which returns information about a workflow. -
get_workflow_run
, which returns information about a specified run of a workflow. -
list_workflow_runs
, which retrieves a list of runs of a specified workflow. -
list_workflows
, which retrieves a list of workflows in a specified project. -
start_workflow_run
, which starts a run of a specified workflow.
Security, activity, and resource management in Amazon CodeCatalyst, by calling the following:
-
create_access_token
, which creates a personal access token (PAT) for the current user. -
delete_access_token
, which deletes a specified personal access token (PAT). -
list_access_tokens
, which lists all personal access tokens (PATs) associated with a user. -
list_event_logs
, which retrieves a list of events that occurred during a specified time period in a space. -
verify_session
, which verifies whether the calling user has a valid Amazon CodeCatalyst login and session.
If you are using the Amazon CodeCatalyst APIs with an SDK or the CLI, you must configure your computer to work with Amazon CodeCatalyst and single sign-on (SSO). For more information, see Setting up to use the CLI with Amazon CodeCatalyst and the SSO documentation for your SDK.
Usage
codecatalyst(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codecatalyst( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_access_token | Creates a personal access token (PAT) for the current user |
create_dev_environment | Creates a Dev Environment in Amazon CodeCatalyst, a cloud-based development environment that you can use to quickly work on the code stored in the source repositories of your project |
create_project | Creates a project in a specified space |
create_source_repository | Creates an empty Git-based source repository in a specified project |
create_source_repository_branch | Creates a branch in a specified source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst |
delete_access_token | Deletes a specified personal access token (PAT) |
delete_dev_environment | Deletes a Dev Environment |
delete_project | Deletes a project in a space |
delete_source_repository | Deletes a source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst |
delete_space | Deletes a space |
get_dev_environment | Returns information about a Dev Environment for a source repository in a project |
get_project | Returns information about a project |
get_source_repository | Returns information about a source repository |
get_source_repository_clone_urls | Returns information about the URLs that can be used with a Git client to clone a source repository |
get_space | Returns information about an space |
get_subscription | Returns information about the Amazon Web Services account used for billing purposes and the billing plan for the space |
get_user_details | Returns information about a user |
get_workflow | Returns information about a workflow |
get_workflow_run | Returns information about a specified run of a workflow |
list_access_tokens | Lists all personal access tokens (PATs) associated with the user who calls the API |
list_dev_environments | Retrieves a list of Dev Environments in a project |
list_dev_environment_sessions | Retrieves a list of active sessions for a Dev Environment in a project |
list_event_logs | Retrieves a list of events that occurred during a specific time in a space |
list_projects | Retrieves a list of projects |
list_source_repositories | Retrieves a list of source repositories in a project |
list_source_repository_branches | Retrieves a list of branches in a specified source repository |
list_spaces | Retrieves a list of spaces |
list_workflow_runs | Retrieves a list of workflow runs of a specified workflow |
list_workflows | Retrieves a list of workflows in a specified project |
start_dev_environment | Starts a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an active state |
start_dev_environment_session | Starts a session for a specified Dev Environment |
start_workflow_run | Begins a run of a specified workflow |
stop_dev_environment | Pauses a specified Dev Environment and places it in a non-running state |
stop_dev_environment_session | Stops a session for a specified Dev Environment |
update_dev_environment | Changes one or more values for a Dev Environment |
update_project | Changes one or more values for a project |
update_space | Changes one or more values for a space |
verify_session | Verifies whether the calling user has a valid Amazon CodeCatalyst login and session |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codecatalyst()
svc$create_access_token(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Creates a personal access token (PAT) for the current user
Description
Creates a personal access token (PAT) for the current user. A personal access token (PAT) is similar to a password. It is associated with your user identity for use across all spaces and projects in Amazon CodeCatalyst. You use PATs to access CodeCatalyst from resources that include integrated development environments (IDEs) and Git-based source repositories. PATs represent you in Amazon CodeCatalyst and you can manage them in your user settings.For more information, see Managing personal access tokens in Amazon CodeCatalyst.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_access_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_create_access_token(name, expiresTime = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The friendly name of the personal access token. |
expiresTime |
The date and time the personal access token expires, in coordinated universal time (UTC) timestamp format as specified in RFC 3339. |
Creates a Dev Environment in Amazon CodeCatalyst, a cloud-based development environment that you can use to quickly work on the code stored in the source repositories of your project
Description
Creates a Dev Environment in Amazon CodeCatalyst, a cloud-based development environment that you can use to quickly work on the code stored in the source repositories of your project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_dev_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_create_dev_environment(
spaceName,
projectName,
repositories = NULL,
clientToken = NULL,
alias = NULL,
ides = NULL,
instanceType,
inactivityTimeoutMinutes = NULL,
persistentStorage,
vpcConnectionName = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
repositories |
The source repository that contains the branch to clone into the Dev Environment. |
clientToken |
A user-specified idempotency token. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, the subsequent retries return the result from the original successful request and have no additional effect. |
alias |
The user-defined alias for a Dev Environment. |
ides |
Information about the integrated development environment (IDE) configured for a Dev Environment. An IDE is required to create a Dev Environment. For Dev Environment creation, this field contains configuration information and must be provided. |
instanceType |
[required] The Amazon EC2 instace type to use for the Dev Environment. |
inactivityTimeoutMinutes |
The amount of time the Dev Environment will run without any activity detected before stopping, in minutes. Only whole integers are allowed. Dev Environments consume compute minutes when running. |
persistentStorage |
[required] Information about the amount of storage allocated to the Dev Environment. By default, a Dev Environment is configured to have 16GB of persistent storage when created from the Amazon CodeCatalyst console, but there is no default when programmatically creating a Dev Environment. Valid values for persistent storage are based on memory sizes in 16GB increments. Valid values are 16, 32, and 64. |
vpcConnectionName |
The name of the connection that will be used to connect to Amazon VPC, if any. |
Creates a project in a specified space
Description
Creates a project in a specified space.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_create_project(spaceName, displayName, description = NULL)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
displayName |
[required] The friendly name of the project that will be displayed to users. |
description |
The description of the project. This description will be displayed to all users of the project. We recommend providing a brief description of the project and its intended purpose. |
Creates an empty Git-based source repository in a specified project
Description
Creates an empty Git-based source repository in a specified project. The repository is created with an initial empty commit with a default branch named main
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_source_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_create_source_repository(
spaceName,
projectName,
name,
description = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
name |
[required] The name of the source repository. For more information about name requirements, see Quotas for source repositories. |
description |
The description of the source repository. |
Creates a branch in a specified source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst
Description
Creates a branch in a specified source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_create_source_repository_branch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_create_source_repository_branch(
spaceName,
projectName,
sourceRepositoryName,
name,
headCommitId = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
sourceRepositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to create a branch. |
name |
[required] The name for the branch you're creating. |
headCommitId |
The commit ID in an existing branch from which you want to create the new branch. |
Deletes a specified personal access token (PAT)
Description
Deletes a specified personal access token (PAT). A personal access token can only be deleted by the user who created it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_access_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_delete_access_token(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the personal access token to delete. You can find the IDs of
all PATs associated with your Amazon Web Services Builder ID in a space
by calling |
Deletes a Dev Environment
Description
Deletes a Dev Environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_dev_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_delete_dev_environment(spaceName, projectName, id)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
id |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment you want to
delete. To retrieve a list of Dev Environment IDs, use
|
Deletes a project in a space
Description
Deletes a project in a space.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_delete_project(spaceName, name)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
name |
[required] The name of the project in the space. To retrieve a list of project
names, use |
Deletes a source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst
Description
Deletes a source repository in Amazon CodeCatalyst. You cannot use this API to delete a linked repository. It can only be used to delete a Amazon CodeCatalyst source repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_source_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_delete_source_repository(spaceName, projectName, name)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
name |
[required] The name of the source repository. |
Deletes a space
Description
Deletes a space.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_delete_space/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_delete_space(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the space. To retrieve a list of space names, use
|
Returns information about a Dev Environment for a source repository in a project
Description
Returns information about a Dev Environment for a source repository in a project. Dev Environments are specific to the user who creates them.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_dev_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_dev_environment(spaceName, projectName, id)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
id |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment for which you want
to view information. To retrieve a list of Dev Environment IDs, use
|
Returns information about a project
Description
Returns information about a project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_project(spaceName, name)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
name |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
Returns information about a source repository
Description
Returns information about a source repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_source_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_source_repository(spaceName, projectName, name)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
name |
[required] The name of the source repository. |
Returns information about the URLs that can be used with a Git client to clone a source repository
Description
Returns information about the URLs that can be used with a Git client to clone a source repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_source_repository_clone_urls/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_source_repository_clone_urls(
spaceName,
projectName,
sourceRepositoryName
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
sourceRepositoryName |
[required] The name of the source repository. |
Returns information about an space
Description
Returns information about an space.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_space/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_space(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the space. |
Returns information about the Amazon Web Services account used for billing purposes and the billing plan for the space
Description
Returns information about the Amazon Web Services account used for billing purposes and the billing plan for the space.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_subscription(spaceName)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
Returns information about a user
Description
Returns information about a user.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_user_details/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_user_details(id = NULL, userName = NULL)
Arguments
id |
The system-generated unique ID of the user. |
userName |
The name of the user as displayed in Amazon CodeCatalyst. |
Returns information about a workflow
Description
Returns information about a workflow.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_workflow/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_workflow(spaceName, id, projectName)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
id |
[required] The ID of the workflow. To rerieve a list of workflow IDs, use
|
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
Returns information about a specified run of a workflow
Description
Returns information about a specified run of a workflow.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_get_workflow_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_get_workflow_run(spaceName, id, projectName)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
id |
[required] The ID of the workflow run. To retrieve a list of workflow run IDs, use
|
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
Lists all personal access tokens (PATs) associated with the user who calls the API
Description
Lists all personal access tokens (PATs) associated with the user who calls the API. You can only list PATs associated with your Amazon Web Services Builder ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_access_tokens/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_access_tokens(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
Retrieves a list of active sessions for a Dev Environment in a project
Description
Retrieves a list of active sessions for a Dev Environment in a project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_dev_environment_sessions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_dev_environment_sessions(
spaceName,
projectName,
devEnvironmentId,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
devEnvironmentId |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
Retrieves a list of Dev Environments in a project
Description
Retrieves a list of Dev Environments in a project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_dev_environments/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_dev_environments(
spaceName,
projectName = NULL,
filters = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
The name of the project in the space. |
filters |
Information about filters to apply to narrow the results returned in the list. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
Retrieves a list of events that occurred during a specific time in a space
Description
Retrieves a list of events that occurred during a specific time in a space. You can use these events to audit user and system activity in a space. For more information, see Monitoring in the Amazon CodeCatalyst User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_event_logs/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_event_logs(
spaceName,
startTime,
endTime,
eventName = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
startTime |
[required] The date and time when you want to start retrieving events, in coordinated universal time (UTC) timestamp format as specified in RFC 3339. |
endTime |
[required] The time after which you do not want any events retrieved, in coordinated universal time (UTC) timestamp format as specified in RFC 3339. |
eventName |
The name of the event. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
Retrieves a list of projects
Description
Retrieves a list of projects.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_projects/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_projects(
spaceName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
filters |
Information about filters to apply to narrow the results returned in the list. |
Retrieves a list of source repositories in a project
Description
Retrieves a list of source repositories in a project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_source_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_source_repositories(
spaceName,
projectName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
Retrieves a list of branches in a specified source repository
Description
Retrieves a list of branches in a specified source repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_source_repository_branches/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_source_repository_branches(
spaceName,
projectName,
sourceRepositoryName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
sourceRepositoryName |
[required] The name of the source repository. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
Retrieves a list of spaces
Description
Retrieves a list of spaces.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_spaces/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_spaces(nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
Retrieves a list of workflow runs of a specified workflow
Description
Retrieves a list of workflow runs of a specified workflow.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_workflow_runs/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_workflow_runs(
spaceName,
workflowId = NULL,
projectName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
sortBy = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
workflowId |
The ID of the workflow. To retrieve a list of workflow IDs, use
|
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
sortBy |
Information used to sort the items in the returned list. |
Retrieves a list of workflows in a specified project
Description
Retrieves a list of workflows in a specified project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_list_workflows/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_list_workflows(
spaceName,
projectName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
sortBy = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
nextToken |
A token returned from a call to this API to indicate the next batch of results to return, if any. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to show in a single call to this API. If
the number of results is larger than the number you specified, the
response will include a |
sortBy |
Information used to sort the items in the returned list. |
Starts a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an active state
Description
Starts a specified Dev Environment and puts it into an active state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_start_dev_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_start_dev_environment(
spaceName,
projectName,
id,
ides = NULL,
instanceType = NULL,
inactivityTimeoutMinutes = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
id |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment. |
ides |
Information about the integrated development environment (IDE) configured for a Dev Environment. |
instanceType |
The Amazon EC2 instace type to use for the Dev Environment. |
inactivityTimeoutMinutes |
The amount of time the Dev Environment will run without any activity detected before stopping, in minutes. Only whole integers are allowed. Dev Environments consume compute minutes when running. |
Starts a session for a specified Dev Environment
Description
Starts a session for a specified Dev Environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_start_dev_environment_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_start_dev_environment_session(
spaceName,
projectName,
id,
sessionConfiguration
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
id |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment. |
sessionConfiguration |
[required] |
Begins a run of a specified workflow
Description
Begins a run of a specified workflow.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_start_workflow_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_start_workflow_run(
spaceName,
projectName,
workflowId,
clientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
workflowId |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the workflow. To retrieve a list of
workflow IDs, use |
clientToken |
A user-specified idempotency token. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, the subsequent retries return the result from the original successful request and have no additional effect. |
Pauses a specified Dev Environment and places it in a non-running state
Description
Pauses a specified Dev Environment and places it in a non-running state. Stopped Dev Environments do not consume compute minutes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment(spaceName, projectName, id)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
id |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment. |
Stops a session for a specified Dev Environment
Description
Stops a session for a specified Dev Environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_stop_dev_environment_session(
spaceName,
projectName,
id,
sessionId
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
id |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment. To obtain this
ID, use |
sessionId |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment session. This ID
is returned by
|
Changes one or more values for a Dev Environment
Description
Changes one or more values for a Dev Environment. Updating certain values of the Dev Environment will cause a restart.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_update_dev_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_update_dev_environment(
spaceName,
projectName,
id,
alias = NULL,
ides = NULL,
instanceType = NULL,
inactivityTimeoutMinutes = NULL,
clientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
projectName |
[required] The name of the project in the space. |
id |
[required] The system-generated unique ID of the Dev Environment. |
alias |
The user-specified alias for the Dev Environment. Changing this value will not cause a restart. |
ides |
Information about the integrated development environment (IDE) configured for a Dev Environment. |
instanceType |
The Amazon EC2 instace type to use for the Dev Environment. Changing this value will cause a restart of the Dev Environment if it is running. |
inactivityTimeoutMinutes |
The amount of time the Dev Environment will run without any activity detected before stopping, in minutes. Only whole integers are allowed. Dev Environments consume compute minutes when running. Changing this value will cause a restart of the Dev Environment if it is running. |
clientToken |
A user-specified idempotency token. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, the subsequent retries return the result from the original successful request and have no additional effect. |
Changes one or more values for a project
Description
Changes one or more values for a project.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_update_project/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_update_project(spaceName, name, description = NULL)
Arguments
spaceName |
[required] The name of the space. |
name |
[required] The name of the project. |
description |
The description of the project. |
Changes one or more values for a space
Description
Changes one or more values for a space.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_update_space/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_update_space(name, description = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the space. |
description |
The description of the space. |
Verifies whether the calling user has a valid Amazon CodeCatalyst login and session
Description
Verifies whether the calling user has a valid Amazon CodeCatalyst login and session. If successful, this returns the ID of the user in Amazon CodeCatalyst.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecatalyst_verify_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecatalyst_verify_session()
AWS CodeCommit
Description
CodeCommit
This is the CodeCommit API Reference. This reference provides descriptions of the operations and data types for CodeCommit API along with usage examples.
You can use the CodeCommit API to work with the following objects:
Repositories, by calling the following:
-
batch_get_repositories
, which returns information about one or more repositories associated with your Amazon Web Services account. -
create_repository
, which creates an CodeCommit repository. -
delete_repository
, which deletes an CodeCommit repository. -
get_repository
, which returns information about a specified repository. -
list_repositories
, which lists all CodeCommit repositories associated with your Amazon Web Services account. -
update_repository_description
, which sets or updates the description of the repository. -
update_repository_encryption_key
, which updates the Key Management Service encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt a repository. -
update_repository_name
, which changes the name of the repository. If you change the name of a repository, no other users of that repository can access it until you send them the new HTTPS or SSH URL to use.
Branches, by calling the following:
-
create_branch
, which creates a branch in a specified repository. -
delete_branch
, which deletes the specified branch in a repository unless it is the default branch. -
get_branch
, which returns information about a specified branch. -
list_branches
, which lists all branches for a specified repository. -
update_default_branch
, which changes the default branch for a repository.
Files, by calling the following:
-
delete_file
, which deletes the content of a specified file from a specified branch. -
get_blob
, which returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual Git blob object in a repository. -
get_file
, which returns the base-64 encoded content of a specified file. -
get_folder
, which returns the contents of a specified folder or directory. -
list_file_commit_history
, which retrieves a list of commits and changes to a specified file. -
put_file
, which adds or modifies a single file in a specified repository and branch.
Commits, by calling the following:
-
batch_get_commits
, which returns information about one or more commits in a repository. -
create_commit
, which creates a commit for changes to a repository. -
get_commit
, which returns information about a commit, including commit messages and author and committer information. -
get_differences
, which returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference).
Merges, by calling the following:
-
batch_describe_merge_conflicts
, which returns information about conflicts in a merge between commits in a repository. -
create_unreferenced_merge_commit
, which creates an unreferenced commit between two branches or commits for the purpose of comparing them and identifying any potential conflicts. -
describe_merge_conflicts
, which returns information about merge conflicts between the base, source, and destination versions of a file in a potential merge. -
get_merge_commit
, which returns information about the merge between a source and destination commit. -
get_merge_conflicts
, which returns information about merge conflicts between the source and destination branch in a pull request. -
get_merge_options
, which returns information about the available merge options between two branches or commit specifiers. -
merge_branches_by_fast_forward
, which merges two branches using the fast-forward merge option. -
merge_branches_by_squash
, which merges two branches using the squash merge option. -
merge_branches_by_three_way
, which merges two branches using the three-way merge option.
Pull requests, by calling the following:
-
create_pull_request
, which creates a pull request in a specified repository. -
create_pull_request_approval_rule
, which creates an approval rule for a specified pull request. -
delete_pull_request_approval_rule
, which deletes an approval rule for a specified pull request. -
describe_pull_request_events
, which returns information about one or more pull request events. -
evaluate_pull_request_approval_rules
, which evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules. -
get_comments_for_pull_request
, which returns information about comments on a specified pull request. -
get_pull_request
, which returns information about a specified pull request. -
get_pull_request_approval_states
, which returns information about the approval states for a specified pull request. -
get_pull_request_override_state
, which returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overriden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request. -
list_pull_requests
, which lists all pull requests for a repository. -
merge_pull_request_by_fast_forward
, which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the fast-forward merge option. -
merge_pull_request_by_squash
, which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the squash merge option. -
merge_pull_request_by_three_way
, which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the three-way merge option. -
override_pull_request_approval_rules
, which sets aside all approval rule requirements for a pull request. -
post_comment_for_pull_request
, which posts a comment to a pull request at the specified line, file, or request. -
update_pull_request_approval_rule_content
, which updates the structure of an approval rule for a pull request. -
update_pull_request_approval_state
, which updates the state of an approval on a pull request. -
update_pull_request_description
, which updates the description of a pull request. -
update_pull_request_status
, which updates the status of a pull request. -
update_pull_request_title
, which updates the title of a pull request.
Approval rule templates, by calling the following:
-
associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository
, which associates a template with a specified repository. After the template is associated with a repository, CodeCommit creates approval rules that match the template conditions on every pull request created in the specified repository. -
batch_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repositories
, which associates a template with one or more specified repositories. After the template is associated with a repository, CodeCommit creates approval rules that match the template conditions on every pull request created in the specified repositories. -
batch_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repositories
, which removes the association between a template and specified repositories so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in those repositories. -
create_approval_rule_template
, which creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your Amazon Web Services account. -
delete_approval_rule_template
, which deletes the specified template. It does not remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the template. -
disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repository
, which removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository. -
get_approval_rule_template
, which returns information about an approval rule template. -
list_approval_rule_templates
, which lists all approval rule templates in the Amazon Web Services Region in your Amazon Web Services account. -
list_associated_approval_rule_templates_for_repository
, which lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository. -
list_repositories_for_approval_rule_template
, which lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template. -
update_approval_rule_template_description
, which updates the description of an approval rule template. -
update_approval_rule_template_name
, which updates the name of an approval rule template. -
update_approval_rule_template_content
, which updates the content of an approval rule template.
Comments in a repository, by calling the following:
-
delete_comment_content
, which deletes the content of a comment on a commit in a repository. -
get_comment
, which returns information about a comment on a commit. -
get_comment_reactions
, which returns information about emoji reactions to comments. -
get_comments_for_compared_commit
, which returns information about comments on the comparison between two commit specifiers in a repository. -
post_comment_for_compared_commit
, which creates a comment on the comparison between two commit specifiers in a repository. -
post_comment_reply
, which creates a reply to a comment. -
put_comment_reaction
, which creates or updates an emoji reaction to a comment. -
update_comment
, which updates the content of a comment on a commit in a repository.
Tags used to tag resources in CodeCommit (not Git tags), by calling the following:
-
list_tags_for_resource
, which gets information about Amazon Web Servicestags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeCommit. -
tag_resource
, which adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeCommit. -
untag_resource
, which removes tags for a resource in CodeCommit.
Triggers, by calling the following:
-
get_repository_triggers
, which returns information about triggers configured for a repository. -
put_repository_triggers
, which replaces all triggers for a repository and can be used to create or delete triggers. -
test_repository_triggers
, which tests the functionality of a repository trigger by sending data to the trigger target.
For information about how to use CodeCommit, see the CodeCommit User Guide.
Usage
codecommit(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codecommit( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository | Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified repository |
batch_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repositories | Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories |
batch_describe_merge_conflicts | Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy |
batch_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repositories | Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories |
batch_get_commits | Returns information about the contents of one or more commits in a repository |
batch_get_repositories | Returns information about one or more repositories |
create_approval_rule_template | Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your Amazon Web Services account |
create_branch | Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit |
create_commit | Creates a commit for a repository on the tip of a specified branch |
create_pull_request | Creates a pull request in the specified repository |
create_pull_request_approval_rule | Creates an approval rule for a pull request |
create_repository | Creates a new, empty repository |
create_unreferenced_merge_commit | Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two branches using a specified merge strategy |
delete_approval_rule_template | Deletes a specified approval rule template |
delete_branch | Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch for the repository |
delete_comment_content | Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository |
delete_file | Deletes a specified file from a specified branch |
delete_pull_request_approval_rule | Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request |
delete_repository | Deletes a repository |
describe_merge_conflicts | Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy |
describe_pull_request_events | Returns information about one or more pull request events |
disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repository | Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository |
evaluate_pull_request_approval_rules | Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules |
get_approval_rule_template | Returns information about a specified approval rule template |
get_blob | Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository |
get_branch | Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the last commit ID |
get_comment | Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository |
get_comment_reactions | Returns information about reactions to a specified comment ID |
get_comments_for_compared_commit | Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits |
get_comments_for_pull_request | Returns comments made on a pull request |
get_commit | Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer information |
get_differences | Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference) |
get_file | Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata |
get_folder | Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository |
get_merge_commit | Returns information about a specified merge commit |
get_merge_conflicts | Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit IDs for a pull request in a repository |
get_merge_options | Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified branches |
get_pull_request | Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository |
get_pull_request_approval_states | Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request |
get_pull_request_override_state | Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request |
get_repository | Returns information about a repository |
get_repository_triggers | Gets information about triggers configured for a repository |
list_approval_rule_templates | Lists all approval rule templates in the specified Amazon Web Services Region in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_associated_approval_rule_templates_for_repository | Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository |
list_branches | Gets information about one or more branches in a repository |
list_file_commit_history | Retrieves a list of commits and changes to a specified file |
list_pull_requests | Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository |
list_repositories | Gets information about one or more repositories |
list_repositories_for_approval_rule_template | Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template |
list_tags_for_resource | Gets information about Amazon Web Servicestags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeCommit |
merge_branches_by_fast_forward | Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy |
merge_branches_by_squash | Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy |
merge_branches_by_three_way | Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy |
merge_pull_request_by_fast_forward | Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the fast-forward merge strategy |
merge_pull_request_by_squash | Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the squash merge strategy |
merge_pull_request_by_three_way | Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the three-way merge strategy |
override_pull_request_approval_rules | Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull request |
post_comment_for_compared_commit | Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits |
post_comment_for_pull_request | Posts a comment on a pull request |
post_comment_reply | Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits or a pull request |
put_comment_reaction | Adds or updates a reaction to a specified comment for the user whose identity is used to make the request |
put_file | Adds or updates a file in a branch in an CodeCommit repository, and generates a commit for the addition in the specified branch |
put_repository_triggers | Replaces all triggers for a repository |
tag_resource | Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeCommit |
test_repository_triggers | Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to the trigger target |
untag_resource | Removes tags for a resource in CodeCommit |
update_approval_rule_template_content | Updates the content of an approval rule template |
update_approval_rule_template_description | Updates the description for a specified approval rule template |
update_approval_rule_template_name | Updates the name of a specified approval rule template |
update_comment | Replaces the contents of a comment |
update_default_branch | Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository |
update_pull_request_approval_rule_content | Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull request |
update_pull_request_approval_state | Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request |
update_pull_request_description | Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request |
update_pull_request_status | Updates the status of a pull request |
update_pull_request_title | Replaces the title of a pull request |
update_repository_description | Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository |
update_repository_encryption_key | Updates the Key Management Service encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt a CodeCommit repository |
update_repository_name | Renames a repository |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codecommit()
svc$associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified repository
Description
Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified repository. Then, the next time a pull request is created in the repository where the destination reference (if specified) matches the destination reference (branch) for the pull request, an approval rule that matches the template conditions is automatically created for that pull request. If no destination references are specified in the template, an approval rule that matches the template contents is created for all pull requests in that repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
repositoryName
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name for the approval rule template. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that you want to associate with the template. |
Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories
Description
Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_batch_associate_approval_rule_template_with_repositories(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
repositoryNames
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the template you want to associate with one or more repositories. |
repositoryNames |
[required] The names of the repositories you want to associate with the template. The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty. |
Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy
Description
Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_describe_merge_conflicts/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_batch_describe_merge_conflicts(
repositoryName,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
mergeOption,
maxMergeHunks = NULL,
maxConflictFiles = NULL,
filePaths = NULL,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the merge conflicts you want to review. |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
mergeOption |
[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code. |
maxMergeHunks |
The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output. |
maxConflictFiles |
The maximum number of files to include in the output. |
filePaths |
The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts. If not specified, the default is all conflict files. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories
Description
Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_batch_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repositories(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
repositoryNames
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the template that you want to disassociate from one or more repositories. |
repositoryNames |
[required] The repository names that you want to disassociate from the approval rule template. The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty. |
Returns information about the contents of one or more commits in a repository
Description
Returns information about the contents of one or more commits in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_get_commits/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_batch_get_commits(commitIds, repositoryName)
Arguments
commitIds |
[required] The full commit IDs of the commits to get information about. You must supply the full SHA IDs of each commit. You cannot use shortened SHA IDs. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the commits. |
Returns information about one or more repositories
Description
Returns information about one or more repositories.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_batch_get_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_batch_get_repositories(repositoryNames)
Arguments
repositoryNames |
[required] The names of the repositories to get information about. The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself can be empty. |
Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your Amazon Web Services account. When you associate a template with a repository, CodeCommit creates an approval rule that matches the conditions of the template for all pull requests that meet the conditions of the template. For more information, see associate_approval_rule_template_with_repository
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_create_approval_rule_template(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
approvalRuleTemplateContent,
approvalRuleTemplateDescription = NULL
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the approval rule template. Provide descriptive names, because this name is applied to the approval rules created automatically in associated repositories. |
approvalRuleTemplateContent |
[required] The content of the approval rule that is created on pull requests in associated repositories. If you specify one or more destination references (branches), approval rules are created in an associated repository only if their destination references (branches) match those specified in the template. When you create the content of the approval rule template, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. |
approvalRuleTemplateDescription |
The description of the approval rule template. Consider providing a description that explains what this template does and when it might be appropriate to associate it with repositories. |
Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit
Description
Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_branch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_create_branch(repositoryName, branchName, commitId)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository in which you want to create the new branch. |
branchName |
[required] The name of the new branch to create. |
commitId |
[required] The ID of the commit to point the new branch to. |
Creates a commit for a repository on the tip of a specified branch
Description
Creates a commit for a repository on the tip of a specified branch.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_commit/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_create_commit(
repositoryName,
branchName,
parentCommitId = NULL,
authorName = NULL,
email = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
putFiles = NULL,
deleteFiles = NULL,
setFileModes = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you create the commit. |
branchName |
[required] The name of the branch where you create the commit. |
parentCommitId |
The ID of the commit that is the parent of the commit you create. Not required if this is an empty repository. |
authorName |
The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit. |
email |
The email address of the person who created the commit. |
commitMessage |
The commit message you want to include in the commit. Commit messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message is used. |
keepEmptyFolders |
If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a ..gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false. |
putFiles |
The files to add or update in this commit. |
deleteFiles |
The files to delete in this commit. These files still exist in earlier commits. |
setFileModes |
The file modes to update for files in this commit. |
Creates a pull request in the specified repository
Description
Creates a pull request in the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_pull_request/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_create_pull_request(
title,
description = NULL,
targets,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
title |
[required] The title of the pull request. This title is used to identify the pull request to other users in the repository. |
description |
A description of the pull request. |
targets |
[required] The targets for the pull request, including the source of the code to be reviewed (the source branch) and the destination where the creator of the pull request intends the code to be merged after the pull request is closed (the destination branch). |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token. The Amazon Web ServicesSDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If you are using an Amazon Web ServicesSDK, an idempotency token is created for you. |
Creates an approval rule for a pull request
Description
Creates an approval rule for a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_pull_request_approval_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_create_pull_request_approval_rule(
pullRequestId,
approvalRuleName,
approvalRuleContent
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to create the approval rule. |
approvalRuleName |
[required] The name for the approval rule. |
approvalRuleContent |
[required] The content of the approval rule, including the number of approvals needed and the structure of an approval pool defined for approvals, if any. For more information about approval pools, see the CodeCommit User Guide. When you create the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. |
Creates a new, empty repository
Description
Creates a new, empty repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_create_repository(
repositoryName,
repositoryDescription = NULL,
tags = NULL,
kmsKeyId = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the new repository to be created. The repository name must be unique across the calling Amazon Web Services account. Repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. For more information about the limits on repository names, see Quotas in the CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix .git is prohibited. |
repositoryDescription |
A comment or description about the new repository. The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage. |
tags |
One or more tag key-value pairs to use when tagging this repository. |
kmsKeyId |
The ID of the encryption key. You can view the ID of an encryption key in the KMS console, or use the KMS APIs to programmatically retrieve a key ID. For more information about acceptable values for kmsKeyID, see KeyId in the Decrypt API description in the Key Management Service API Reference. If no key is specified, the default |
Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two branches using a specified merge strategy
Description
Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two branches using a specified merge strategy. This can help you determine the outcome of a potential merge. This API cannot be used with the fast-forward merge strategy because that strategy does not create a merge commit.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_create_unreferenced_merge_commit/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_create_unreferenced_merge_commit(
repositoryName,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
mergeOption,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
authorName = NULL,
email = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
conflictResolution = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to create the unreferenced merge commit. |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
mergeOption |
[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
authorName |
The name of the author who created the unreferenced commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit. |
email |
The email address for the person who created the unreferenced commit. |
commitMessage |
The commit message for the unreferenced commit. |
keepEmptyFolders |
If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false. |
conflictResolution |
If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge. |
Deletes a specified approval rule template
Description
Deletes a specified approval rule template. Deleting a template does not remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_delete_approval_rule_template(approvalRuleTemplateName)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the approval rule template to delete. |
Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch for the repository
Description
Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch for the repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_branch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_delete_branch(repositoryName, branchName)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the branch to be deleted. |
branchName |
[required] The name of the branch to delete. |
Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository
Description
Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_comment_content/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_delete_comment_content(commentId)
Arguments
commentId |
[required] The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use
|
Deletes a specified file from a specified branch
Description
Deletes a specified file from a specified branch. A commit is created on the branch that contains the revision. The file still exists in the commits earlier to the commit that contains the deletion.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_file/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_delete_file(
repositoryName,
branchName,
filePath,
parentCommitId,
keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
name = NULL,
email = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the file to delete. |
branchName |
[required] The name of the branch where the commit that deletes the file is made. |
filePath |
[required] The fully qualified path to the file that to be deleted, including the full name and extension of that file. For example, /examples/file.md is a fully qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples. |
parentCommitId |
[required] The ID of the commit that is the tip of the branch where you want to create the commit that deletes the file. This must be the HEAD commit for the branch. The commit that deletes the file is created from this commit ID. |
keepEmptyFolders |
If a file is the only object in the folder or directory, specifies whether to delete the folder or directory that contains the file. By default, empty folders are deleted. This includes empty folders that are part of the directory structure. For example, if the path to a file is dir1/dir2/dir3/dir4, and dir2 and dir3 are empty, deleting the last file in dir4 also deletes the empty folders dir4, dir3, and dir2. |
commitMessage |
The commit message you want to include as part of deleting the file. Commit messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message is used. |
name |
The name of the author of the commit that deletes the file. If no name is specified, the user's ARN is used as the author name and committer name. |
email |
The email address for the commit that deletes the file. If no email address is specified, the email address is left blank. |
Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request
Description
Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request. Approval rules can be deleted from a pull request only if the pull request is open, and if the approval rule was created specifically for a pull request and not generated from an approval rule template associated with the repository where the pull request was created. You cannot delete an approval rule from a merged or closed pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_pull_request_approval_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_delete_pull_request_approval_rule(pullRequestId, approvalRuleName)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request that contains the approval rule you want to delete. |
approvalRuleName |
[required] The name of the approval rule you want to delete. |
Deletes a repository
Description
Deletes a repository. If a specified repository was already deleted, a null repository ID is returned.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_delete_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_delete_repository(repositoryName)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to delete. |
Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy
Description
Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy. If the merge option for the attempted merge is specified as FAST_FORWARD_MERGE, an exception is thrown.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_describe_merge_conflicts/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_describe_merge_conflicts(
repositoryName,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
mergeOption,
maxMergeHunks = NULL,
filePath,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to get information about a merge conflict. |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
mergeOption |
[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code. |
maxMergeHunks |
The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output. |
filePath |
[required] The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Returns information about one or more pull request events
Description
Returns information about one or more pull request events.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_describe_pull_request_events/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_describe_pull_request_events(
pullRequestId,
pullRequestEventType = NULL,
actorArn = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
pullRequestEventType |
Optional. The pull request event type about which you want to return information. |
actorArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or changing the status of a pull request. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is 100 events, which is also the maximum number of events that can be returned in a result. |
Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository
Description
Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository. This does not delete any approval rules previously created for pull requests through the template association.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_disassociate_approval_rule_template_from_repository(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
repositoryName
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the approval rule template to disassociate from a specified repository. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository you want to disassociate from the template. |
Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules
Description
Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_evaluate_pull_request_approval_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_evaluate_pull_request_approval_rules(pullRequestId, revisionId)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request you want to evaluate. |
revisionId |
[required] The system-generated ID for the pull request revision. To retrieve the
most recent revision ID for a pull request, use
|
Returns information about a specified approval rule template
Description
Returns information about a specified approval rule template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_approval_rule_template(approvalRuleTemplateName)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the approval rule template for which you want to get information. |
Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository
Description
Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_blob/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_blob(repositoryName, blobId)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the blob. |
blobId |
[required] The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer. |
Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the last commit ID
Description
Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the last commit ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_branch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_branch(repositoryName = NULL, branchName = NULL)
Arguments
repositoryName |
The name of the repository that contains the branch for which you want to retrieve information. |
branchName |
The name of the branch for which you want to retrieve information. |
Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository
Description
Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_comment(commentId)
Arguments
commentId |
[required] The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use
|
Returns information about reactions to a specified comment ID
Description
Returns information about reactions to a specified comment ID. Reactions from users who have been deleted will not be included in the count.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comment_reactions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_comment_reactions(
commentId,
reactionUserArn = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
commentId |
[required] The ID of the comment for which you want to get reactions information. |
reactionUserArn |
Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity for which you want to get reaction information. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is the same as the allowed maximum, 1,000. |
Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits
Description
Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comments_for_compared_commit/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_comments_for_compared_commit(
repositoryName,
beforeCommitId = NULL,
afterCommitId,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to compare commits. |
beforeCommitId |
To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the before commit. |
afterCommitId |
[required] To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the after commit. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is 100 comments, but you can configure up to 500. |
Returns comments made on a pull request
Description
Returns comments made on a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_comments_for_pull_request/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_comments_for_pull_request(
pullRequestId,
repositoryName = NULL,
beforeCommitId = NULL,
afterCommitId = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
repositoryName |
The name of the repository that contains the pull request. Requirement
is conditional: |
beforeCommitId |
The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the
tip of the branch at the time the pull request was created. Requirement
is conditional: |
afterCommitId |
The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip
of the branch at the time the comment was made. Requirement is
conditional: |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default is 100 comments. You can return up to 500 comments with a single request. |
Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer information
Description
Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer information.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_commit/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_commit(repositoryName, commitId)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to which the commit was made. |
commitId |
[required] The commit ID. Commit IDs are the full SHA ID of the commit. |
Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference)
Description
Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference). Results can be limited to a specified path.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_differences/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_differences(
repositoryName,
beforeCommitSpecifier = NULL,
afterCommitSpecifier,
beforePath = NULL,
afterPath = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to get differences. |
beforeCommitSpecifier |
The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to
identify a commit (for example, the full commit ID). Optional. If not
specified, all changes before the |
afterCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit. |
beforePath |
The file path in which to check for differences. Limits the results to
this path. Can also be used to specify the previous name of a directory
or folder. If |
afterPath |
The file path in which to check differences. Limits the results to this path. Can also be used to specify the changed name of a directory or folder, if it has changed. If not specified, differences are shown for all paths. |
MaxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata
Description
Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_file/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_file(repositoryName, commitSpecifier = NULL, filePath)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the file. |
commitSpecifier |
The fully quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains the file. For example, you can specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch name, or a reference such as refs/heads/main. If none is provided, the head commit is used. |
filePath |
[required] The fully qualified path to the file, including the full name and extension of the file. For example, /examples/file.md is the fully qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples. |
Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository
Description
Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_folder/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_folder(repositoryName, commitSpecifier = NULL, folderPath)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository. |
commitSpecifier |
A fully qualified reference used to identify a commit that contains the version of the folder's content to return. A fully qualified reference can be a commit ID, branch name, tag, or reference such as HEAD. If no specifier is provided, the folder content is returned as it exists in the HEAD commit. |
folderPath |
[required] The fully qualified path to the folder whose contents are returned, including the folder name. For example, /examples is a fully-qualified path to a folder named examples that was created off of the root directory (/) of a repository. |
Returns information about a specified merge commit
Description
Returns information about a specified merge commit.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_merge_commit/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_merge_commit(
repositoryName,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the merge commit about which you want to get information. |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit IDs for a pull request in a repository
Description
Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit IDs for a pull request in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_merge_conflicts/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_merge_conflicts(
repositoryName,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
mergeOption,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
maxConflictFiles = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created. |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
mergeOption |
[required] The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
maxConflictFiles |
The maximum number of files to include in the output. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified branches
Description
Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified branches. For details about why a merge option is not available, use GetMergeConflicts or DescribeMergeConflicts.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_merge_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_merge_options(
repositoryName,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the commits about which you want to get merge options. |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository
Description
Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_pull_request/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_pull_request(pullRequestId)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request
Description
Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request. Approval states only apply to pull requests that have one or more approval rules applied to them.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_pull_request_approval_states/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_pull_request_approval_states(pullRequestId, revisionId)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID for the pull request. |
revisionId |
[required] The system-generated ID for the pull request revision. |
Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request
Description
Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_pull_request_override_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_pull_request_override_state(pullRequestId, revisionId)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The ID of the pull request for which you want to get information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden). |
revisionId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the revision for the pull request. To
retrieve the most recent revision ID, use
|
Returns information about a repository
Description
Returns information about a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_repository(repositoryName)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to get information about. |
Gets information about triggers configured for a repository
Description
Gets information about triggers configured for a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_get_repository_triggers/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_get_repository_triggers(repositoryName)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository for which the trigger is configured. |
Lists all approval rule templates in the specified Amazon Web Services Region in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Lists all approval rule templates in the specified Amazon Web Services Region in your Amazon Web Services account. If an Amazon Web Services Region is not specified, the Amazon Web Services Region where you are signed in is used.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_approval_rule_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_approval_rule_templates(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository
Description
Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_associated_approval_rule_templates_for_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_associated_approval_rule_templates_for_repository(
repositoryName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository for which you want to list all associated approval rule templates. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
Gets information about one or more branches in a repository
Description
Gets information about one or more branches in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_branches/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_branches(repositoryName, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the branches. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results. |
Retrieves a list of commits and changes to a specified file
Description
Retrieves a list of commits and changes to a specified file.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_file_commit_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_file_commit_history(
repositoryName,
commitSpecifier = NULL,
filePath,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the file. |
commitSpecifier |
The fully quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains
the file. For example, you can specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch
name, or a reference such as |
filePath |
[required] The full path of the file whose history you want to retrieve, including the name of the file. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results. |
Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository
Description
Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository. The return list can be refined by pull request status or pull request author ARN.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_pull_requests/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_pull_requests(
repositoryName,
authorArn = NULL,
pullRequestStatus = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository for which you want to list pull requests. |
authorArn |
Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull request. If used, this filters the results to pull requests created by that user. |
pullRequestStatus |
Optional. The status of the pull request. If used, this refines the results to the pull requests that match the specified status. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
Gets information about one or more repositories
Description
Gets information about one or more repositories.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_repositories(nextToken = NULL, sortBy = NULL, order = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations. When the client sends the token back to CodeCommit, another page of 1,000 records is retrieved. |
sortBy |
The criteria used to sort the results of a list repositories operation. |
order |
The order in which to sort the results of a list repositories operation. |
Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template
Description
Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_repositories_for_approval_rule_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_repositories_for_approval_rule_template(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the approval rule template for which you want to list repositories that are associated with that template. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
maxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
Gets information about Amazon Web Servicestags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeCommit
Description
Gets information about Amazon Web Servicestags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the CodeCommit User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get information about tags, if any. |
nextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy
Description
Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_branches_by_fast_forward/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_merge_branches_by_fast_forward(
repositoryName,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
targetBranch = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches. |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
targetBranch |
The branch where the merge is applied. |
Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy
Description
Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_branches_by_squash/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_merge_branches_by_squash(
repositoryName,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
targetBranch = NULL,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
authorName = NULL,
email = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
conflictResolution = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches. |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
targetBranch |
The branch where the merge is applied. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
authorName |
The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit. |
email |
The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge. |
commitMessage |
The commit message for the merge. |
keepEmptyFolders |
If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false. |
conflictResolution |
If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge. |
Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy
Description
Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_branches_by_three_way/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_merge_branches_by_three_way(
repositoryName,
sourceCommitSpecifier,
destinationCommitSpecifier,
targetBranch = NULL,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
authorName = NULL,
email = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
conflictResolution = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches. |
sourceCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
destinationCommitSpecifier |
[required] The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID). |
targetBranch |
The branch where the merge is applied. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
authorName |
The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit. |
email |
The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge. |
commitMessage |
The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge. |
keepEmptyFolders |
If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false. |
conflictResolution |
If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge. |
Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the fast-forward merge strategy
Description
Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the fast-forward merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_fast_forward/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_fast_forward(
pullRequestId,
repositoryName,
sourceCommitId = NULL
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created. |
sourceCommitId |
The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID. |
Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the squash merge strategy
Description
Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the squash merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_squash/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_squash(
pullRequestId,
repositoryName,
sourceCommitId = NULL,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
authorName = NULL,
email = NULL,
keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
conflictResolution = NULL
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created. |
sourceCommitId |
The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
commitMessage |
The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge. |
authorName |
The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit. |
email |
The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge. |
keepEmptyFolders |
If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false. |
conflictResolution |
If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge. |
Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the three-way merge strategy
Description
Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the three-way merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_three_way/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_merge_pull_request_by_three_way(
pullRequestId,
repositoryName,
sourceCommitId = NULL,
conflictDetailLevel = NULL,
conflictResolutionStrategy = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
authorName = NULL,
email = NULL,
keepEmptyFolders = NULL,
conflictResolution = NULL
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where the pull request was created. |
sourceCommitId |
The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID. |
conflictDetailLevel |
The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line. |
conflictResolutionStrategy |
Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation is successful. |
commitMessage |
The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge. |
authorName |
The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as both the author and committer for the commit. |
email |
The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is used in the commit information for the merge. |
keepEmptyFolders |
If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created for empty folders. The default is false. |
conflictResolution |
If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge. |
Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull request
Description
Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_override_pull_request_approval_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_override_pull_request_approval_rules(
pullRequestId,
revisionId,
overrideStatus
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to
override all approval rule requirements. To get this information, use
|
revisionId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the most recent revision of the pull request. You cannot override approval rules for anything but the most recent revision of a pull request. To get the revision ID, use GetPullRequest. |
overrideStatus |
[required] Whether you want to set aside approval rule requirements for the pull request (OVERRIDE) or revoke a previous override and apply approval rule requirements (REVOKE). REVOKE status is not stored. |
Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits
Description
Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_post_comment_for_compared_commit/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_post_comment_for_compared_commit(
repositoryName,
beforeCommitId = NULL,
afterCommitId,
location = NULL,
content,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on the comparison between commits. |
beforeCommitId |
To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the before commit. Required for commenting on any commit unless that commit is the initial commit. |
afterCommitId |
[required] To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of the after commit. |
location |
The location of the comparison where you want to comment. |
content |
[required] The content of the comment you want to make. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token. |
Posts a comment on a pull request
Description
Posts a comment on a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_post_comment_for_pull_request/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_post_comment_for_pull_request(
pullRequestId,
repositoryName,
beforeCommitId,
afterCommitId,
location = NULL,
content,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on a pull request. |
beforeCommitId |
[required] The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip of the branch at the time the pull request was created. |
afterCommitId |
[required] The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that is the current tip of the branch for the pull request when you post the comment. |
location |
The location of the change where you want to post your comment. If no location is provided, the comment is posted as a general comment on the pull request difference between the before commit ID and the after commit ID. |
content |
[required] The content of your comment on the change. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token. |
Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits or a pull request
Description
Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits or a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_post_comment_reply/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_post_comment_reply(inReplyTo, clientRequestToken = NULL, content)
Arguments
inReplyTo |
[required] The system-generated ID of the comment to which you want to reply. To
get this ID, use
|
clientRequestToken |
A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token. |
content |
[required] The contents of your reply to a comment. |
Adds or updates a reaction to a specified comment for the user whose identity is used to make the request
Description
Adds or updates a reaction to a specified comment for the user whose identity is used to make the request. You can only add or update a reaction for yourself. You cannot add, modify, or delete a reaction for another user.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_put_comment_reaction/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_put_comment_reaction(commentId, reactionValue)
Arguments
commentId |
[required] The ID of the comment to which you want to add or update a reaction. |
reactionValue |
[required] The emoji reaction you want to add or update. To remove a reaction, provide a value of blank or null. You can also provide the value of none. For information about emoji reaction values supported in CodeCommit, see the CodeCommit User Guide. |
Adds or updates a file in a branch in an CodeCommit repository, and generates a commit for the addition in the specified branch
Description
Adds or updates a file in a branch in an CodeCommit repository, and generates a commit for the addition in the specified branch.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_put_file/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_put_file(
repositoryName,
branchName,
fileContent,
filePath,
fileMode = NULL,
parentCommitId = NULL,
commitMessage = NULL,
name = NULL,
email = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to add or update the file. |
branchName |
[required] The name of the branch where you want to add or update the file. If this is an empty repository, this branch is created. |
fileContent |
[required] The content of the file, in binary object format. |
filePath |
[required] The name of the file you want to add or update, including the relative path to the file in the repository. If the path does not currently exist in the repository, the path is created as part of adding the file. |
fileMode |
The file mode permissions of the blob. Valid file mode permissions are listed here. |
parentCommitId |
The full commit ID of the head commit in the branch where you want to add or update the file. If this is an empty repository, no commit ID is required. If this is not an empty repository, a commit ID is required. The commit ID must match the ID of the head commit at the time of the operation. Otherwise, an error occurs, and the file is not added or updated. |
commitMessage |
A message about why this file was added or updated. Although it is optional, a message makes the commit history for your repository more useful. |
name |
The name of the person adding or updating the file. Although it is optional, a name makes the commit history for your repository more useful. |
email |
An email address for the person adding or updating the file. |
Replaces all triggers for a repository
Description
Replaces all triggers for a repository. Used to create or delete triggers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_put_repository_triggers/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_put_repository_triggers(repositoryName, triggers)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where you want to create or update the trigger. |
triggers |
[required] The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger. |
Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeCommit
Description
Adds or updates tags for a resource in CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the CodeCommit User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add or update tags. |
tags |
[required] The key-value pair to use when tagging this repository. |
Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to the trigger target
Description
Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to the trigger target. If real data is available in the repository, the test sends data from the last commit. If no data is available, sample data is generated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_test_repository_triggers/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_test_repository_triggers(repositoryName, triggers)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository in which to test the triggers. |
triggers |
[required] The list of triggers to test. |
Removes tags for a resource in CodeCommit
Description
Removes tags for a resource in CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations in the CodeCommit User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to remove tags. |
tagKeys |
[required] The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource. |
Updates the content of an approval rule template
Description
Updates the content of an approval rule template. You can change the number of required approvals, the membership of the approval rule, and whether an approval pool is defined.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_content/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_content(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
newRuleContent,
existingRuleContentSha256 = NULL
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the approval rule template where you want to update the content of the rule. |
newRuleContent |
[required] The content that replaces the existing content of the rule. Content statements must be complete. You cannot provide only the changes. |
existingRuleContentSha256 |
The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
retrieve this information by using
|
Updates the description for a specified approval rule template
Description
Updates the description for a specified approval rule template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_description/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_description(
approvalRuleTemplateName,
approvalRuleTemplateDescription
)
Arguments
approvalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The name of the template for which you want to update the description. |
approvalRuleTemplateDescription |
[required] The updated description of the approval rule template. |
Updates the name of a specified approval rule template
Description
Updates the name of a specified approval rule template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_name/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_approval_rule_template_name(
oldApprovalRuleTemplateName,
newApprovalRuleTemplateName
)
Arguments
oldApprovalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The current name of the approval rule template. |
newApprovalRuleTemplateName |
[required] The new name you want to apply to the approval rule template. |
Replaces the contents of a comment
Description
Replaces the contents of a comment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_comment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_comment(commentId, content)
Arguments
commentId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the comment you want to update. To get this
ID, use
|
content |
[required] The updated content to replace the existing content of the comment. |
Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository
Description
Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_default_branch/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_default_branch(repositoryName, defaultBranchName)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository for which you want to set or change the default branch. |
defaultBranchName |
[required] The name of the branch to set as the default branch. |
Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull request
Description
Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull request. For example, you can change the number of required approvers and the approval pool for approvers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_rule_content/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_rule_content(
pullRequestId,
approvalRuleName,
existingRuleContentSha256 = NULL,
newRuleContent
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. |
approvalRuleName |
[required] The name of the approval rule you want to update. |
existingRuleContentSha256 |
The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
retrieve this information by using
|
newRuleContent |
[required] The updated content for the approval rule. When you update the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. |
Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request
Description
Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request. The user is derived from the signed-in account when the request is made.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_pull_request_approval_state(
pullRequestId,
revisionId,
approvalState
)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. |
revisionId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the revision. |
approvalState |
[required] The approval state to associate with the user on the pull request. |
Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request
Description
Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_description/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_pull_request_description(pullRequestId, description)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
description |
[required] The updated content of the description for the pull request. This content replaces the existing description. |
Updates the status of a pull request
Description
Updates the status of a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_pull_request_status(pullRequestId, pullRequestStatus)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
pullRequestStatus |
[required] The status of the pull request. The only valid operations are to update
the status from |
Replaces the title of a pull request
Description
Replaces the title of a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_pull_request_title/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_pull_request_title(pullRequestId, title)
Arguments
pullRequestId |
[required] The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use
|
title |
[required] The updated title of the pull request. This replaces the existing title. |
Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository
Description
Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_repository_description/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_repository_description(
repositoryName,
repositoryDescription = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to set or change the comment or description for. |
repositoryDescription |
The new comment or description for the specified repository. Repository descriptions are limited to 1,000 characters. |
Updates the Key Management Service encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt a CodeCommit repository
Description
Updates the Key Management Service encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt a CodeCommit repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_repository_encryption_key/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_repository_encryption_key(repositoryName, kmsKeyId)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository for which you want to update the KMS encryption key used to encrypt and decrypt the repository. |
kmsKeyId |
[required] The ID of the encryption key. You can view the ID of an encryption key in the KMS console, or use the KMS APIs to programmatically retrieve a key ID. For more information about acceptable values for keyID, see KeyId in the Decrypt API description in the Key Management Service API Reference. |
Renames a repository
Description
Renames a repository. The repository name must be unique across the calling Amazon Web Services account. Repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. The suffix .git is prohibited. For more information about the limits on repository names, see Quotas in the CodeCommit User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codecommit_update_repository_name/ for full documentation.
Usage
codecommit_update_repository_name(oldName, newName)
Arguments
oldName |
[required] The current name of the repository. |
newName |
[required] The new name for the repository. |
AWS CodeConnections
Description
This Amazon Web Services CodeConnections API Reference provides descriptions and usage examples of the operations and data types for the Amazon Web Services CodeConnections API. You can use the connections API to work with connections and installations.
Connections are configurations that you use to connect Amazon Web Services resources to external code repositories. Each connection is a resource that can be given to services such as CodePipeline to connect to a third-party repository such as Bitbucket. For example, you can add the connection in CodePipeline so that it triggers your pipeline when a code change is made to your third-party code repository. Each connection is named and associated with a unique ARN that is used to reference the connection.
When you create a connection, the console initiates a third-party connection handshake. Installations are the apps that are used to conduct this handshake. For example, the installation for the Bitbucket provider type is the Bitbucket app. When you create a connection, you can choose an existing installation or create one.
When you want to create a connection to an installed provider type such as GitHub Enterprise Server, you create a host for your connections.
You can work with connections by calling:
-
create_connection
, which creates a uniquely named connection that can be referenced by services such as CodePipeline. -
delete_connection
, which deletes the specified connection. -
get_connection
, which returns information about the connection, including the connection status. -
list_connections
, which lists the connections associated with your account.
You can work with hosts by calling:
-
create_host
, which creates a host that represents the infrastructure where your provider is installed. -
delete_host
, which deletes the specified host. -
get_host
, which returns information about the host, including the setup status. -
list_hosts
, which lists the hosts associated with your account.
You can work with tags in Amazon Web Services CodeConnections by calling the following:
-
list_tags_for_resource
, which gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in Amazon Web Services CodeConnections. -
tag_resource
, which adds or updates tags for a resource in Amazon Web Services CodeConnections. -
untag_resource
, which removes tags for a resource in Amazon Web Services CodeConnections.
For information about how to use Amazon Web Services CodeConnections, see the Developer Tools User Guide.
Usage
codeconnections(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codeconnections( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_connection | Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories |
create_host | Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed |
create_repository_link | Creates a link to a specified external Git repository |
create_sync_configuration | Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource |
delete_connection | The connection to be deleted |
delete_host | The host to be deleted |
delete_repository_link | Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository |
delete_sync_configuration | Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection |
get_connection | Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type |
get_host | Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration |
get_repository_link | Returns details about a repository link |
get_repository_sync_status | Returns details about the sync status for a repository |
get_resource_sync_status | Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource |
get_sync_blocker_summary | Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers |
get_sync_configuration | Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name |
list_connections | Lists the connections associated with your account |
list_hosts | Lists the hosts associated with your account |
list_repository_links | Lists the repository links created for connections in your account |
list_repository_sync_definitions | Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account |
list_sync_configurations | Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository |
list_tags_for_resource | Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource |
tag_resource | Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource |
untag_resource | Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource |
update_host | Updates a specified host with the provided configurations |
update_repository_link | Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository |
update_sync_blocker | Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue |
update_sync_configuration | Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codeconnections()
svc$create_connection(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories
Description
Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories. The connection is in pending status until the third-party connection handshake is completed from the console.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_create_connection(
ProviderType = NULL,
ConnectionName,
Tags = NULL,
HostArn = NULL
)
Arguments
ProviderType |
The name of the external provider where your third-party code repository is configured. |
ConnectionName |
[required] The name of the connection to be created. |
Tags |
The key-value pair to use when tagging the resource. |
HostArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host associated with the connection to be created. |
Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed
Description
Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed. The host is used when you create connections to an installed third-party provider type, such as GitHub Enterprise Server. You create one host for all connections to that provider.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_create_host(
Name,
ProviderType,
ProviderEndpoint,
VpcConfiguration = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
Name |
[required] The name of the host to be created. |
ProviderType |
[required] The name of the installed provider to be associated with your connection. The host resource represents the infrastructure where your provider type is installed. The valid provider type is GitHub Enterprise Server. |
ProviderEndpoint |
[required] The endpoint of the infrastructure to be represented by the host after it is created. |
VpcConfiguration |
The VPC configuration to be provisioned for the host. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC. |
Tags |
Tags for the host to be created. |
Creates a link to a specified external Git repository
Description
Creates a link to a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_create_repository_link(
ConnectionArn,
OwnerId,
RepositoryName,
EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be associated with the repository link. |
OwnerId |
[required] The owner ID for the repository associated with a specific sync configuration, such as the owner ID in GitHub. |
RepositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to be associated with the repository link. |
EncryptionKeyArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) encryption key for the repository to be associated with the repository link. |
Tags |
The tags for the repository to be associated with the repository link. |
Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource
Description
Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource. Parameters for the sync configuration are determined by the sync type.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_create_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_create_sync_configuration(
Branch,
ConfigFile,
RepositoryLinkId,
ResourceName,
RoleArn,
SyncType,
PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL,
PullRequestComment = NULL
)
Arguments
Branch |
[required] The branch in the repository from which changes will be synced. |
ConfigFile |
[required] The file name of the configuration file that manages syncing between the connection and the repository. This configuration file is stored in the repository. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link created for the connection. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource (for example, a CloudFormation stack in the case of CFN_STACK_SYNC) that will be synchronized from the linked repository. |
RoleArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM role that grants permission for Amazon Web Services to use Git sync to update a given Amazon Web Services resource on your behalf. |
SyncType |
[required] The type of sync configuration. |
PublishDeploymentStatus |
Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers. |
TriggerResourceUpdateOn |
When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update. |
PullRequestComment |
A toggle that specifies whether to enable or disable pull request comments for the sync configuration to be created. |
The connection to be deleted
Description
The connection to be deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_delete_connection(ConnectionArn)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be deleted. The ARN is never reused if the connection is deleted. |
The host to be deleted
Description
The host to be deleted. Before you delete a host, all connections associated to the host must be deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_delete_host(HostArn)
Arguments
HostArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be deleted. |
Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
Description
Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_delete_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)
Arguments
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link to be deleted. |
Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection
Description
Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_delete_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_delete_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)
Arguments
SyncType |
[required] The type of sync configuration to be deleted. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource associated with the sync configuration to be deleted. |
Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type
Description
Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_get_connection(ConnectionArn)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a connection. |
Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration
Description
Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_get_host(HostArn)
Arguments
HostArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the requested host. |
Returns details about a repository link
Description
Returns details about a repository link. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes from files in a specified Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_get_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)
Arguments
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link to get. |
Returns details about the sync status for a repository
Description
Returns details about the sync status for a repository. A repository sync uses Git sync to push and pull changes from your remote repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_repository_sync_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_get_repository_sync_status(Branch, RepositoryLinkId, SyncType)
Arguments
Branch |
[required] The branch of the repository link for the requested repository sync status. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The repository link ID for the requested repository sync status. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type of the requested sync status. |
Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource
Description
Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_resource_sync_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_get_resource_sync_status(ResourceName, SyncType)
Arguments
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync status with the Git repository. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync status with the Git repository. |
Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers
Description
Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary(SyncType, ResourceName)
Arguments
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync blocker summary. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource currently blocked from automatically being synced from a Git repository. |
Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name
Description
Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name. A sync configuration allows the configuration to sync (push and pull) changes from the remote repository for a specified branch in a Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_get_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_get_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)
Arguments
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information. |
Lists the connections associated with your account
Description
Lists the connections associated with your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_list_connections(
ProviderTypeFilter = NULL,
HostArnFilter = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ProviderTypeFilter |
Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified provider, such as Bitbucket. |
HostArnFilter |
Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified host. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous
|
Lists the hosts associated with your account
Description
Lists the hosts associated with your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_hosts/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_list_hosts(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous
|
Lists the repository links created for connections in your account
Description
Lists the repository links created for connections in your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_repository_links/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_list_repository_links(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
MaxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account
Description
Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions(RepositoryLinkId, SyncType)
Arguments
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link for the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type of the repository link for the the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information. |
Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository
Description
Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_sync_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_list_sync_configurations(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
RepositoryLinkId,
SyncType
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the operation. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link for the requested list of sync configurations. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the requested list of sync configurations. |
Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource
Description
Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get information about tags, if any. |
Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource
Description
Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource. Tags are metadata that can be used to manage a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add or update tags. |
Tags |
[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource. |
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource
Description
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove tags from. |
TagKeys |
[required] The list of keys for the tags to be removed from the resource. |
Updates a specified host with the provided configurations
Description
Updates a specified host with the provided configurations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_update_host(
HostArn,
ProviderEndpoint = NULL,
VpcConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
HostArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be updated. |
ProviderEndpoint |
The URL or endpoint of the host to be updated. |
VpcConfiguration |
The VPC configuration of the host to be updated. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC. |
Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
Description
Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_update_repository_link(
ConnectionArn = NULL,
EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
RepositoryLinkId
)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection for the repository link to be updated. The updated connection ARN must have the same providerType (such as GitHub) as the original connection ARN for the repo link. |
EncryptionKeyArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the encryption key for the repository link to be updated. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link to be updated. |
Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue
Description
Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_sync_blocker/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_update_sync_blocker(Id, SyncType, ResourceName, ResolvedReason)
Arguments
Id |
[required] The ID of the sync blocker to be updated. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type of the sync blocker to be updated. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the resource for the sync blocker to be updated. |
ResolvedReason |
[required] The reason for resolving the sync blocker. |
Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository
Description
Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeconnections_update_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeconnections_update_sync_configuration(
Branch = NULL,
ConfigFile = NULL,
RepositoryLinkId = NULL,
ResourceName,
RoleArn = NULL,
SyncType,
PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL,
PullRequestComment = NULL
)
Arguments
Branch |
The branch for the sync configuration to be updated. |
ConfigFile |
The configuration file for the sync configuration to be updated. |
RepositoryLinkId |
The ID of the repository link for the sync configuration to be updated. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration to be updated. |
RoleArn |
The ARN of the IAM role for the sync configuration to be updated. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync configuration to be updated. |
PublishDeploymentStatus |
Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers. |
TriggerResourceUpdateOn |
When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update. |
PullRequestComment |
TA toggle that specifies whether to enable or disable pull request comments for the sync configuration to be updated. |
AWS CodeDeploy
Description
CodeDeploy is a deployment service that automates application deployments to Amazon EC2 instances, on-premises instances running in your own facility, serverless Lambda functions, or applications in an Amazon ECS service.
You can deploy a nearly unlimited variety of application content, such as an updated Lambda function, updated applications in an Amazon ECS service, code, web and configuration files, executables, packages, scripts, multimedia files, and so on. CodeDeploy can deploy application content stored in Amazon S3 buckets, GitHub repositories, or Bitbucket repositories. You do not need to make changes to your existing code before you can use CodeDeploy.
CodeDeploy makes it easier for you to rapidly release new features, helps you avoid downtime during application deployment, and handles the complexity of updating your applications, without many of the risks associated with error-prone manual deployments.
CodeDeploy Components
Use the information in this guide to help you work with the following CodeDeploy components:
-
Application: A name that uniquely identifies the application you want to deploy. CodeDeploy uses this name, which functions as a container, to ensure the correct combination of revision, deployment configuration, and deployment group are referenced during a deployment.
-
Deployment group: A set of individual instances, CodeDeploy Lambda deployment configuration settings, or an Amazon ECS service and network details. A Lambda deployment group specifies how to route traffic to a new version of a Lambda function. An Amazon ECS deployment group specifies the service created in Amazon ECS to deploy, a load balancer, and a listener to reroute production traffic to an updated containerized application. An Amazon EC2/On-premises deployment group contains individually tagged instances, Amazon EC2 instances in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups, or both. All deployment groups can specify optional trigger, alarm, and rollback settings.
-
Deployment configuration: A set of deployment rules and deployment success and failure conditions used by CodeDeploy during a deployment.
-
Deployment: The process and the components used when updating a Lambda function, a containerized application in an Amazon ECS service, or of installing content on one or more instances.
-
Application revisions: For an Lambda deployment, this is an AppSpec file that specifies the Lambda function to be updated and one or more functions to validate deployment lifecycle events. For an Amazon ECS deployment, this is an AppSpec file that specifies the Amazon ECS task definition, container, and port where production traffic is rerouted. For an EC2/On-premises deployment, this is an archive file that contains source content—source code, webpages, executable files, and deployment scripts—along with an AppSpec file. Revisions are stored in Amazon S3 buckets or GitHub repositories. For Amazon S3, a revision is uniquely identified by its Amazon S3 object key and its ETag, version, or both. For GitHub, a revision is uniquely identified by its commit ID.
This guide also contains information to help you get details about the instances in your deployments, to make on-premises instances available for CodeDeploy deployments, to get details about a Lambda function deployment, and to get details about Amazon ECS service deployments.
CodeDeploy Information Resources
CodeDeploy Developer Forum
Usage
codedeploy(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codedeploy( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
add_tags_to_on_premises_instances | Adds tags to on-premises instances |
batch_get_application_revisions | Gets information about one or more application revisions |
batch_get_applications | Gets information about one or more applications |
batch_get_deployment_groups | Gets information about one or more deployment groups |
batch_get_deployment_instances | This method works, but is deprecated |
batch_get_deployments | Gets information about one or more deployments |
batch_get_deployment_targets | Returns an array of one or more targets associated with a deployment |
batch_get_on_premises_instances | Gets information about one or more on-premises instances |
continue_deployment | For a blue/green deployment, starts the process of rerouting traffic from instances in the original environment to instances in the replacement environment without waiting for a specified wait time to elapse |
create_application | Creates an application |
create_deployment | Deploys an application revision through the specified deployment group |
create_deployment_config | Creates a deployment configuration |
create_deployment_group | Creates a deployment group to which application revisions are deployed |
delete_application | Deletes an application |
delete_deployment_config | Deletes a deployment configuration |
delete_deployment_group | Deletes a deployment group |
delete_git_hub_account_token | Deletes a GitHub account connection |
delete_resources_by_external_id | Deletes resources linked to an external ID |
deregister_on_premises_instance | Deregisters an on-premises instance |
get_application | Gets information about an application |
get_application_revision | Gets information about an application revision |
get_deployment | Gets information about a deployment |
get_deployment_config | Gets information about a deployment configuration |
get_deployment_group | Gets information about a deployment group |
get_deployment_instance | Gets information about an instance as part of a deployment |
get_deployment_target | Returns information about a deployment target |
get_on_premises_instance | Gets information about an on-premises instance |
list_application_revisions | Lists information about revisions for an application |
list_applications | Lists the applications registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account |
list_deployment_configs | Lists the deployment configurations with the user or Amazon Web Services account |
list_deployment_groups | Lists the deployment groups for an application registered with the Amazon Web Services user or Amazon Web Services account |
list_deployment_instances | The newer BatchGetDeploymentTargets should be used instead because it works with all compute types |
list_deployments | Lists the deployments in a deployment group for an application registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account |
list_deployment_targets | Returns an array of target IDs that are associated a deployment |
list_git_hub_account_token_names | Lists the names of stored connections to GitHub accounts |
list_on_premises_instances | Gets a list of names for one or more on-premises instances |
list_tags_for_resource | Returns a list of tags for the resource identified by a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) |
put_lifecycle_event_hook_execution_status | Sets the result of a Lambda validation function |
register_application_revision | Registers with CodeDeploy a revision for the specified application |
register_on_premises_instance | Registers an on-premises instance |
remove_tags_from_on_premises_instances | Removes one or more tags from one or more on-premises instances |
skip_wait_time_for_instance_termination | In a blue/green deployment, overrides any specified wait time and starts terminating instances immediately after the traffic routing is complete |
stop_deployment | Attempts to stop an ongoing deployment |
tag_resource | Associates the list of tags in the input Tags parameter with the resource identified by the ResourceArn input parameter |
untag_resource | Disassociates a resource from a list of tags |
update_application | Changes the name of an application |
update_deployment_group | Changes information about a deployment group |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codedeploy()
svc$add_tags_to_on_premises_instances(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Adds tags to on-premises instances
Description
Adds tags to on-premises instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_add_tags_to_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_add_tags_to_on_premises_instances(tags, instanceNames)
Arguments
tags |
[required] The tag key-value pairs to add to the on-premises instances. Keys and values are both required. Keys cannot be null or empty strings. Value-only tags are not allowed. |
instanceNames |
[required] The names of the on-premises instances to which to add tags. |
Gets information about one or more application revisions
Description
Gets information about one or more application revisions. The maximum number of application revisions that can be returned is 25.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_application_revisions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_batch_get_application_revisions(applicationName, revisions)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application about which to get revision information. |
revisions |
[required] An array of |
Gets information about one or more applications
Description
Gets information about one or more applications. The maximum number of applications that can be returned is 100.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_applications/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_batch_get_applications(applicationNames)
Arguments
applicationNames |
[required] A list of application names separated by spaces. The maximum number of application names you can specify is 100. |
Gets information about one or more deployment groups
Description
Gets information about one or more deployment groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_groups(applicationName, deploymentGroupNames)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable user or Amazon Web Services account. |
deploymentGroupNames |
[required] The names of the deployment groups. |
This method works, but is deprecated
Description
This method works, but is deprecated. Use batch_get_deployment_targets
instead.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_instances(deploymentId, instanceIds)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment. |
instanceIds |
[required] The unique IDs of instances used in the deployment. The maximum number of instance IDs you can specify is 25. |
Returns an array of one or more targets associated with a deployment
Description
Returns an array of one or more targets associated with a deployment. This method works with all compute types and should be used instead of the deprecated batch_get_deployment_instances
. The maximum number of targets that can be returned is 25.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_targets/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_batch_get_deployment_targets(deploymentId, targetIds)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment. |
targetIds |
[required] The unique IDs of the deployment targets. The compute platform of the deployment determines the type of the targets and their formats. The maximum number of deployment target IDs you can specify is 25.
|
Gets information about one or more deployments
Description
Gets information about one or more deployments. The maximum number of deployments that can be returned is 25.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_deployments/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_batch_get_deployments(deploymentIds)
Arguments
deploymentIds |
[required] A list of deployment IDs, separated by spaces. The maximum number of deployment IDs you can specify is 25. |
Gets information about one or more on-premises instances
Description
Gets information about one or more on-premises instances. The maximum number of on-premises instances that can be returned is 25.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_batch_get_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_batch_get_on_premises_instances(instanceNames)
Arguments
instanceNames |
[required] The names of the on-premises instances about which to get information. The maximum number of instance names you can specify is 25. |
For a blue/green deployment, starts the process of rerouting traffic from instances in the original environment to instances in the replacement environment without waiting for a specified wait time to elapse
Description
For a blue/green deployment, starts the process of rerouting traffic from instances in the original environment to instances in the replacement environment without waiting for a specified wait time to elapse. (Traffic rerouting, which is achieved by registering instances in the replacement environment with the load balancer, can start as soon as all instances have a status of Ready.)
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_continue_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_continue_deployment(deploymentId = NULL, deploymentWaitType = NULL)
Arguments
deploymentId |
The unique ID of a blue/green deployment for which you want to start rerouting traffic to the replacement environment. |
deploymentWaitType |
The status of the deployment's waiting period. |
Creates an application
Description
Creates an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_create_application(
applicationName,
computePlatform = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of the application. This name must be unique with the applicable user or Amazon Web Services account. |
computePlatform |
The destination platform type for the deployment ( |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to CodeDeploy applications to help you organize and categorize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. |
Deploys an application revision through the specified deployment group
Description
Deploys an application revision through the specified deployment group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_create_deployment(
applicationName,
deploymentGroupName = NULL,
revision = NULL,
deploymentConfigName = NULL,
description = NULL,
ignoreApplicationStopFailures = NULL,
targetInstances = NULL,
autoRollbackConfiguration = NULL,
updateOutdatedInstancesOnly = NULL,
fileExistsBehavior = NULL,
overrideAlarmConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
deploymentGroupName |
The name of the deployment group. |
revision |
The type and location of the revision to deploy. |
deploymentConfigName |
The name of a deployment configuration associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. If not specified, the value configured in the deployment group is used
as the default. If the deployment group does not have a deployment
configuration associated with it, |
description |
A comment about the deployment. |
ignoreApplicationStopFailures |
If true, then if an If false or not specified, then if a lifecycle event fails during a deployment to an instance, that deployment fails. If deployment to that instance is part of an overall deployment and the number of healthy hosts is not less than the minimum number of healthy hosts, then a deployment to the next instance is attempted. During a deployment, the CodeDeploy agent runs the scripts specified for
If the cause of the failure is a script from the last successful
deployment that will never run successfully, create a new deployment and
use |
targetInstances |
Information about the instances that belong to the replacement environment in a blue/green deployment. |
autoRollbackConfiguration |
Configuration information for an automatic rollback that is added when a deployment is created. |
updateOutdatedInstancesOnly |
Indicates whether to deploy to all instances or only to instances that are not running the latest application revision. |
fileExistsBehavior |
Information about how CodeDeploy handles files that already exist in a deployment target location but weren't part of the previous successful deployment. The
|
overrideAlarmConfiguration |
Allows you to specify information about alarms associated with a
deployment. The alarm configuration that you specify here will override
the alarm configuration at the deployment group level. Consider
overriding the alarm configuration if you have set up alarms at the
deployment group level that are causing deployment failures. In this
case, you would call If you specify an |
Creates a deployment configuration
Description
Creates a deployment configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_deployment_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_create_deployment_config(
deploymentConfigName,
minimumHealthyHosts = NULL,
trafficRoutingConfig = NULL,
computePlatform = NULL,
zonalConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
deploymentConfigName |
[required] The name of the deployment configuration to create. |
minimumHealthyHosts |
The minimum number of healthy instances that should be available at any time during the deployment. There are two parameters expected in the input: type and value. The type parameter takes either of the following values:
The value parameter takes an integer. For example, to set a minimum of 95% healthy instance, specify a type of FLEET_PERCENT and a value of 95. |
trafficRoutingConfig |
The configuration that specifies how the deployment traffic is routed. |
computePlatform |
The destination platform type for the deployment ( |
zonalConfig |
Configure the For more information about the zonal configuration feature, see zonal configuration in the CodeDeploy User Guide. |
Creates a deployment group to which application revisions are deployed
Description
Creates a deployment group to which application revisions are deployed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_create_deployment_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_create_deployment_group(
applicationName,
deploymentGroupName,
deploymentConfigName = NULL,
ec2TagFilters = NULL,
onPremisesInstanceTagFilters = NULL,
autoScalingGroups = NULL,
serviceRoleArn,
triggerConfigurations = NULL,
alarmConfiguration = NULL,
autoRollbackConfiguration = NULL,
outdatedInstancesStrategy = NULL,
deploymentStyle = NULL,
blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration = NULL,
loadBalancerInfo = NULL,
ec2TagSet = NULL,
ecsServices = NULL,
onPremisesTagSet = NULL,
tags = NULL,
terminationHookEnabled = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
deploymentGroupName |
[required] The name of a new deployment group for the specified application. |
deploymentConfigName |
If specified, the deployment configuration name can be either one of the predefined configurations provided with CodeDeploy or a custom deployment configuration that you create by calling the create deployment configuration operation.
For more information about the predefined deployment configurations in CodeDeploy, see Working with Deployment Configurations in CodeDeploy in the CodeDeploy User Guide. |
ec2TagFilters |
The Amazon EC2 tags on which to filter. The deployment group includes Amazon EC2 instances with any of the specified tags. Cannot be used in the same call as ec2TagSet. |
onPremisesInstanceTagFilters |
The on-premises instance tags on which to filter. The deployment group
includes on-premises instances with any of the specified tags. Cannot be
used in the same call as |
autoScalingGroups |
A list of associated Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups. |
serviceRoleArn |
[required] A service role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that allows CodeDeploy to act on the user's behalf when interacting with Amazon Web Services services. |
triggerConfigurations |
Information about triggers to create when the deployment group is created. For examples, see Create a Trigger for an CodeDeploy Event in the CodeDeploy User Guide. |
alarmConfiguration |
Information to add about Amazon CloudWatch alarms when the deployment group is created. |
autoRollbackConfiguration |
Configuration information for an automatic rollback that is added when a deployment group is created. |
outdatedInstancesStrategy |
Indicates what happens when new Amazon EC2 instances are launched mid-deployment and do not receive the deployed application revision. If this option is set to If this option is set to |
deploymentStyle |
Information about the type of deployment, in-place or blue/green, that you want to run and whether to route deployment traffic behind a load balancer. |
blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration |
Information about blue/green deployment options for a deployment group. |
loadBalancerInfo |
Information about the load balancer used in a deployment. |
ec2TagSet |
Information about groups of tags applied to Amazon EC2 instances. The
deployment group includes only Amazon EC2 instances identified by all
the tag groups. Cannot be used in the same call as |
ecsServices |
The target Amazon ECS services in the deployment group. This applies
only to deployment groups that use the Amazon ECS compute platform. A
target Amazon ECS service is specified as an Amazon ECS cluster and
service name pair using the format |
onPremisesTagSet |
Information about groups of tags applied to on-premises instances. The
deployment group includes only on-premises instances identified by all
of the tag groups. Cannot be used in the same call as
|
tags |
The metadata that you apply to CodeDeploy deployment groups to help you organize and categorize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. |
terminationHookEnabled |
This parameter only applies if you are using CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. For more information, see Integrating CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling in the CodeDeploy User Guide. Set For information about termination deployments, see Enabling termination deployments during Auto Scaling scale-in events in the CodeDeploy User Guide. For more information about Auto Scaling scale-in events, see the Scale in topic in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. |
Deletes an application
Description
Deletes an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_delete_application(applicationName)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
Deletes a deployment configuration
Description
Deletes a deployment configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_deployment_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_delete_deployment_config(deploymentConfigName)
Arguments
deploymentConfigName |
[required] The name of a deployment configuration associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
Deletes a deployment group
Description
Deletes a deployment group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_deployment_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_delete_deployment_group(applicationName, deploymentGroupName)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
deploymentGroupName |
[required] The name of a deployment group for the specified application. |
Deletes a GitHub account connection
Description
Deletes a GitHub account connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_git_hub_account_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_delete_git_hub_account_token(tokenName = NULL)
Arguments
tokenName |
The name of the GitHub account connection to delete. |
Deletes resources linked to an external ID
Description
Deletes resources linked to an external ID. This action only applies if you have configured blue/green deployments through CloudFormation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_delete_resources_by_external_id/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_delete_resources_by_external_id(externalId = NULL)
Arguments
externalId |
The unique ID of an external resource (for example, a CloudFormation stack ID) that is linked to one or more CodeDeploy resources. |
Deregisters an on-premises instance
Description
Deregisters an on-premises instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_deregister_on_premises_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_deregister_on_premises_instance(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the on-premises instance to deregister. |
Gets information about an application
Description
Gets information about an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_application(applicationName)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
Gets information about an application revision
Description
Gets information about an application revision.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_application_revision/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_application_revision(applicationName, revision)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of the application that corresponds to the revision. |
revision |
[required] Information about the application revision to get, including type and location. |
Gets information about a deployment
Description
Gets information about a deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_deployment(deploymentId)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
Gets information about a deployment configuration
Description
Gets information about a deployment configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_deployment_config(deploymentConfigName)
Arguments
deploymentConfigName |
[required] The name of a deployment configuration associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
Gets information about a deployment group
Description
Gets information about a deployment group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_deployment_group(applicationName, deploymentGroupName)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
deploymentGroupName |
[required] The name of a deployment group for the specified application. |
Gets information about an instance as part of a deployment
Description
Gets information about an instance as part of a deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_deployment_instance(deploymentId, instanceId)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment. |
instanceId |
[required] The unique ID of an instance in the deployment group. |
Returns information about a deployment target
Description
Returns information about a deployment target.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_deployment_target/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_deployment_target(deploymentId, targetId)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment. |
targetId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment target. |
Gets information about an on-premises instance
Description
Gets information about an on-premises instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_get_on_premises_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_get_on_premises_instance(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the on-premises instance about which to get information. |
Lists information about revisions for an application
Description
Lists information about revisions for an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_application_revisions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_application_revisions(
applicationName,
sortBy = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL,
s3Bucket = NULL,
s3KeyPrefix = NULL,
deployed = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
sortBy |
The column name to use to sort the list results:
If not specified or set to null, the results are returned in an arbitrary order. |
sortOrder |
The order in which to sort the list results:
If not specified, the results are sorted in ascending order. If set to null, the results are sorted in an arbitrary order. |
s3Bucket |
An Amazon S3 bucket name to limit the search for revisions. If set to null, all of the user's buckets are searched. |
s3KeyPrefix |
A key prefix for the set of Amazon S3 objects to limit the search for revisions. |
deployed |
Whether to list revisions based on whether the revision is the target revision of a deployment group:
|
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous
|
Lists the applications registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account
Description
Lists the applications registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_applications/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_applications(nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous list applications call. It can be used to return the next set of applications in the list. |
Lists the deployment configurations with the user or Amazon Web Services account
Description
Lists the deployment configurations with the user or Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_configs/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_deployment_configs(nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous
|
Lists the deployment groups for an application registered with the Amazon Web Services user or Amazon Web Services account
Description
Lists the deployment groups for an application registered with the Amazon Web Services user or Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_deployment_groups(applicationName, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous list deployment groups call. It can be used to return the next set of deployment groups in the list. |
The newer BatchGetDeploymentTargets should be used instead because it works with all compute types
Description
The newer batch_get_deployment_targets
should be used instead because it works with all compute types. list_deployment_instances
throws an exception if it is used with a compute platform other than EC2/On-premises or Lambda.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_deployment_instances(
deploymentId,
nextToken = NULL,
instanceStatusFilter = NULL,
instanceTypeFilter = NULL
)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment. |
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous list deployment instances call. It can be used to return the next set of deployment instances in the list. |
instanceStatusFilter |
A subset of instances to list by status:
|
instanceTypeFilter |
The set of instances in a blue/green deployment, either those in the original environment ("BLUE") or those in the replacement environment ("GREEN"), for which you want to view instance information. |
Returns an array of target IDs that are associated a deployment
Description
Returns an array of target IDs that are associated a deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployment_targets/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_deployment_targets(
deploymentId,
nextToken = NULL,
targetFilters = NULL
)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment. |
nextToken |
A token identifier returned from the previous
|
targetFilters |
A key used to filter the returned targets. The two valid values are:
|
Lists the deployments in a deployment group for an application registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account
Description
Lists the deployments in a deployment group for an application registered with the user or Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_deployments/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_deployments(
applicationName = NULL,
deploymentGroupName = NULL,
externalId = NULL,
includeOnlyStatuses = NULL,
createTimeRange = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationName |
The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. If |
deploymentGroupName |
The name of a deployment group for the specified application. If |
externalId |
The unique ID of an external resource for returning deployments linked to the external resource. |
includeOnlyStatuses |
A subset of deployments to list by status:
|
createTimeRange |
A time range (start and end) for returning a subset of the list of deployments. |
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous list deployments call. It can be used to return the next set of deployments in the list. |
Lists the names of stored connections to GitHub accounts
Description
Lists the names of stored connections to GitHub accounts.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_git_hub_account_token_names/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_git_hub_account_token_names(nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous
|
Gets a list of names for one or more on-premises instances
Description
Gets a list of names for one or more on-premises instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_on_premises_instances(
registrationStatus = NULL,
tagFilters = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
registrationStatus |
The registration status of the on-premises instances:
|
tagFilters |
The on-premises instance tags that are used to restrict the on-premises instance names returned. |
nextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous list on-premises instances call. It can be used to return the next set of on-premises instances in the list. |
Returns a list of tags for the resource identified by a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
Description
Returns a list of tags for the resource identified by a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Tags are used to organize and categorize your CodeDeploy resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The ARN of a CodeDeploy resource.
|
NextToken |
An identifier returned from the previous
|
Sets the result of a Lambda validation function
Description
Sets the result of a Lambda validation function. The function validates lifecycle hooks during a deployment that uses the Lambda or Amazon ECS compute platform. For Lambda deployments, the available lifecycle hooks are BeforeAllowTraffic
and AfterAllowTraffic
. For Amazon ECS deployments, the available lifecycle hooks are BeforeInstall
, AfterInstall
, AfterAllowTestTraffic
, BeforeAllowTraffic
, and AfterAllowTraffic
. Lambda validation functions return Succeeded
or Failed
. For more information, see AppSpec 'hooks' Section for an Lambda Deployment and AppSpec 'hooks' Section for an Amazon ECS Deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_put_lifecycle_event_hook_execution_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_put_lifecycle_event_hook_execution_status(
deploymentId = NULL,
lifecycleEventHookExecutionId = NULL,
status = NULL
)
Arguments
deploymentId |
The unique ID of a deployment. Pass this ID to a Lambda function that validates a deployment lifecycle event. |
lifecycleEventHookExecutionId |
The execution ID of a deployment's lifecycle hook. A deployment
lifecycle hook is specified in the |
status |
The result of a Lambda function that validates a deployment lifecycle
event. The values listed in Valid Values are valid for lifecycle
statuses in general; however, only |
Registers with CodeDeploy a revision for the specified application
Description
Registers with CodeDeploy a revision for the specified application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_register_application_revision/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_register_application_revision(
applicationName,
description = NULL,
revision
)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The name of an CodeDeploy application associated with the user or Amazon Web Services account. |
description |
A comment about the revision. |
revision |
[required] Information about the application revision to register, including type and location. |
Registers an on-premises instance
Description
Registers an on-premises instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_register_on_premises_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_register_on_premises_instance(
instanceName,
iamSessionArn = NULL,
iamUserArn = NULL
)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the on-premises instance to register. |
iamSessionArn |
The ARN of the IAM session to associate with the on-premises instance. |
iamUserArn |
The ARN of the user to associate with the on-premises instance. |
Removes one or more tags from one or more on-premises instances
Description
Removes one or more tags from one or more on-premises instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_remove_tags_from_on_premises_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_remove_tags_from_on_premises_instances(tags, instanceNames)
Arguments
tags |
[required] The tag key-value pairs to remove from the on-premises instances. |
instanceNames |
[required] The names of the on-premises instances from which to remove tags. |
In a blue/green deployment, overrides any specified wait time and starts terminating instances immediately after the traffic routing is complete
Description
In a blue/green deployment, overrides any specified wait time and starts terminating instances immediately after the traffic routing is complete.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_skip_wait_time_for_instance_termination/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_skip_wait_time_for_instance_termination(deploymentId = NULL)
Arguments
deploymentId |
The unique ID of a blue/green deployment for which you want to skip the instance termination wait time. |
Attempts to stop an ongoing deployment
Description
Attempts to stop an ongoing deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_stop_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_stop_deployment(deploymentId, autoRollbackEnabled = NULL)
Arguments
deploymentId |
[required] The unique ID of a deployment. |
autoRollbackEnabled |
Indicates, when a deployment is stopped, whether instances that have been updated should be rolled back to the previous version of the application revision. |
Associates the list of tags in the input Tags parameter with the resource identified by the ResourceArn input parameter
Description
Associates the list of tags in the input Tags
parameter with the resource identified by the ResourceArn
input parameter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The ARN of a resource, such as a CodeDeploy application or deployment group. |
Tags |
[required] A list of tags that |
Disassociates a resource from a list of tags
Description
Disassociates a resource from a list of tags. The resource is identified by the ResourceArn
input parameter. The tags are identified by the list of keys in the TagKeys
input parameter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that specifies from which resource to
disassociate the tags with the keys in the |
TagKeys |
[required] A list of keys of |
Changes the name of an application
Description
Changes the name of an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_update_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_update_application(
applicationName = NULL,
newApplicationName = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationName |
The current name of the application you want to change. |
newApplicationName |
The new name to give the application. |
Changes information about a deployment group
Description
Changes information about a deployment group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codedeploy_update_deployment_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codedeploy_update_deployment_group(
applicationName,
currentDeploymentGroupName,
newDeploymentGroupName = NULL,
deploymentConfigName = NULL,
ec2TagFilters = NULL,
onPremisesInstanceTagFilters = NULL,
autoScalingGroups = NULL,
serviceRoleArn = NULL,
triggerConfigurations = NULL,
alarmConfiguration = NULL,
autoRollbackConfiguration = NULL,
outdatedInstancesStrategy = NULL,
deploymentStyle = NULL,
blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration = NULL,
loadBalancerInfo = NULL,
ec2TagSet = NULL,
ecsServices = NULL,
onPremisesTagSet = NULL,
terminationHookEnabled = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationName |
[required] The application name that corresponds to the deployment group to update. |
currentDeploymentGroupName |
[required] The current name of the deployment group. |
newDeploymentGroupName |
The new name of the deployment group, if you want to change it. |
deploymentConfigName |
The replacement deployment configuration name to use, if you want to change it. |
ec2TagFilters |
The replacement set of Amazon EC2 tags on which to filter, if you want to change them. To keep the existing tags, enter their names. To remove tags, do not enter any tag names. |
onPremisesInstanceTagFilters |
The replacement set of on-premises instance tags on which to filter, if you want to change them. To keep the existing tags, enter their names. To remove tags, do not enter any tag names. |
autoScalingGroups |
The replacement list of Auto Scaling groups to be included in the deployment group, if you want to change them.
|
serviceRoleArn |
A replacement ARN for the service role, if you want to change it. |
triggerConfigurations |
Information about triggers to change when the deployment group is updated. For examples, see Edit a Trigger in a CodeDeploy Deployment Group in the CodeDeploy User Guide. |
alarmConfiguration |
Information to add or change about Amazon CloudWatch alarms when the deployment group is updated. |
autoRollbackConfiguration |
Information for an automatic rollback configuration that is added or changed when a deployment group is updated. |
outdatedInstancesStrategy |
Indicates what happens when new Amazon EC2 instances are launched mid-deployment and do not receive the deployed application revision. If this option is set to If this option is set to |
deploymentStyle |
Information about the type of deployment, either in-place or blue/green, you want to run and whether to route deployment traffic behind a load balancer. |
blueGreenDeploymentConfiguration |
Information about blue/green deployment options for a deployment group. |
loadBalancerInfo |
Information about the load balancer used in a deployment. |
ec2TagSet |
Information about groups of tags applied to on-premises instances. The deployment group includes only Amazon EC2 instances identified by all the tag groups. |
ecsServices |
The target Amazon ECS services in the deployment group. This applies
only to deployment groups that use the Amazon ECS compute platform. A
target Amazon ECS service is specified as an Amazon ECS cluster and
service name pair using the format |
onPremisesTagSet |
Information about an on-premises instance tag set. The deployment group includes only on-premises instances identified by all the tag groups. |
terminationHookEnabled |
This parameter only applies if you are using CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. For more information, see Integrating CodeDeploy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling in the CodeDeploy User Guide. Set For information about termination deployments, see Enabling termination deployments during Auto Scaling scale-in events in the CodeDeploy User Guide. For more information about Auto Scaling scale-in events, see the Scale in topic in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. |
Amazon CodeGuru Profiler
Description
This section provides documentation for the Amazon CodeGuru Profiler API operations.
Amazon CodeGuru Profiler collects runtime performance data from your live applications, and provides recommendations that can help you fine-tune your application performance. Using machine learning algorithms, CodeGuru Profiler can help you find your most expensive lines of code and suggest ways you can improve efficiency and remove CPU bottlenecks.
Amazon CodeGuru Profiler provides different visualizations of profiling data to help you identify what code is running on the CPU, see how much time is consumed, and suggest ways to reduce CPU utilization.
Amazon CodeGuru Profiler currently supports applications written in all Java virtual machine (JVM) languages and Python. While CodeGuru Profiler supports both visualizations and recommendations for applications written in Java, it can also generate visualizations and a subset of recommendations for applications written in other JVM languages and Python.
For more information, see What is Amazon CodeGuru Profiler in the Amazon CodeGuru Profiler User Guide.
Usage
codeguruprofiler(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codeguruprofiler( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
add_notification_channels | Add up to 2 anomaly notifications channels for a profiling group |
batch_get_frame_metric_data | Returns the time series of values for a requested list of frame metrics from a time period |
configure_agent | Used by profiler agents to report their current state and to receive remote configuration updates |
create_profiling_group | Creates a profiling group |
delete_profiling_group | Deletes a profiling group |
describe_profiling_group | Returns a ProfilingGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested profiling group |
get_findings_report_account_summary | Returns a list of FindingsReportSummary objects that contain analysis results for all profiling groups in your AWS account |
get_notification_configuration | Get the current configuration for anomaly notifications for a profiling group |
get_policy | Returns the JSON-formatted resource-based policy on a profiling group |
get_profile | Gets the aggregated profile of a profiling group for a specified time range |
get_recommendations | Returns a list of Recommendation objects that contain recommendations for a profiling group for a given time period |
list_findings_reports | List the available reports for a given profiling group and time range |
list_profile_times | Lists the start times of the available aggregated profiles of a profiling group for an aggregation period within the specified time range |
list_profiling_groups | Returns a list of profiling groups |
list_tags_for_resource | Returns a list of the tags that are assigned to a specified resource |
post_agent_profile | Submits profiling data to an aggregated profile of a profiling group |
put_permission | Adds permissions to a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group |
remove_notification_channel | Remove one anomaly notifications channel for a profiling group |
remove_permission | Removes permissions from a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group |
submit_feedback | Sends feedback to CodeGuru Profiler about whether the anomaly detected by the analysis is useful or not |
tag_resource | Use to assign one or more tags to a resource |
untag_resource | Use to remove one or more tags from a resource |
update_profiling_group | Updates a profiling group |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codeguruprofiler()
svc$add_notification_channels(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Add up to 2 anomaly notifications channels for a profiling group
Description
Add up to 2 anomaly notifications channels for a profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_add_notification_channels/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_add_notification_channels(channels, profilingGroupName)
Arguments
channels |
[required] One or 2 channels to report to when anomalies are detected. |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group that we are setting up notifications for. |
Returns the time series of values for a requested list of frame metrics from a time period
Description
Returns the time series of values for a requested list of frame metrics from a time period.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_batch_get_frame_metric_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_batch_get_frame_metric_data(
endTime = NULL,
frameMetrics = NULL,
period = NULL,
profilingGroupName,
startTime = NULL,
targetResolution = NULL
)
Arguments
endTime |
The end time of the time period for the returned time series values. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC. |
frameMetrics |
The details of the metrics that are used to request a time series of values. The metric includes the name of the frame, the aggregation type to calculate the metric value for the frame, and the thread states to use to get the count for the metric value of the frame. |
period |
The duration of the frame metrics used to return the time series values.
Specify using the ISO 8601 format. The maximum period duration is one
day ( |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group associated with the the frame metrics used to return the time series values. |
startTime |
The start time of the time period for the frame metrics used to return the time series values. This is specified using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC. |
targetResolution |
The requested resolution of time steps for the returned time series of values. If the requested target resolution is not available due to data not being retained we provide a best effort result by falling back to the most granular available resolution after the target resolution. There are 3 valid values.
|
Used by profiler agents to report their current state and to receive remote configuration updates
Description
Used by profiler agents to report their current state and to receive remote configuration updates. For example, configure_agent
can be used to tell an agent whether to profile or not and for how long to return profiling data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_configure_agent/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_configure_agent(
fleetInstanceId = NULL,
metadata = NULL,
profilingGroupName
)
Arguments
fleetInstanceId |
A universally unique identifier (UUID) for a profiling instance. For example, if the profiling instance is an Amazon EC2 instance, it is the instance ID. If it is an AWS Fargate container, it is the container's task ID. |
metadata |
Metadata captured about the compute platform the agent is running on. It includes information about sampling and reporting. The valid fields are:
|
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group for which the configured agent is collecting profiling data. |
Creates a profiling group
Description
Creates a profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_create_profiling_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_create_profiling_group(
agentOrchestrationConfig = NULL,
clientToken,
computePlatform = NULL,
profilingGroupName,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
agentOrchestrationConfig |
Specifies whether profiling is enabled or disabled for the created profiling group. |
clientToken |
[required] Amazon CodeGuru Profiler uses this universally unique identifier (UUID) to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate profiling groups if there are failures and retries. |
computePlatform |
The compute platform of the profiling group. Use |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group to create. |
tags |
A list of tags to add to the created profiling group. |
Deletes a profiling group
Description
Deletes a profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_delete_profiling_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_delete_profiling_group(profilingGroupName)
Arguments
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group to delete. |
Returns a ProfilingGroupDescription object that contains information about the requested profiling group
Description
Returns a ProfilingGroupDescription
object that contains information about the requested profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_describe_profiling_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_describe_profiling_group(profilingGroupName)
Arguments
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group to get information about. |
Returns a list of FindingsReportSummary objects that contain analysis results for all profiling groups in your AWS account
Description
Returns a list of FindingsReportSummary
objects that contain analysis results for all profiling groups in your AWS account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_findings_report_account_summary/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_get_findings_report_account_summary(
dailyReportsOnly = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
dailyReportsOnly |
A |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results returned by
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Get the current configuration for anomaly notifications for a profiling group
Description
Get the current configuration for anomaly notifications for a profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_notification_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_get_notification_configuration(profilingGroupName)
Arguments
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group we want to get the notification configuration for. |
Returns the JSON-formatted resource-based policy on a profiling group
Description
Returns the JSON-formatted resource-based policy on a profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_get_policy(profilingGroupName)
Arguments
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group. |
Gets the aggregated profile of a profiling group for a specified time range
Description
Gets the aggregated profile of a profiling group for a specified time range. Amazon CodeGuru Profiler collects posted agent profiles for a profiling group into aggregated profiles.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_get_profile(
accept = NULL,
endTime = NULL,
maxDepth = NULL,
period = NULL,
profilingGroupName,
startTime = NULL
)
Arguments
accept |
The format of the returned profiling data. The format maps to the
<ul> <li> <p> <code>application/json</code> — standard JSON format </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>application/x-amzn-ion</code> — the Amazon Ion data format. For more information, see <a href="http://amzn.github.io/ion-docs/">Amazon Ion</a>. </p> </li> </ul> |
endTime |
The end time of the requested profile. Specify using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC. If you specify |
maxDepth |
The maximum depth of the stacks in the code that is represented in the
aggregated profile. For example, if CodeGuru Profiler finds a method
|
period |
Used with <p> To get the latest aggregated profile, specify only <code>period</code>. </p> |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group to get. |
startTime |
The start time of the profile to get. Specify using the ISO 8601 format. For example, 2020-06-01T13:15:02.001Z represents 1 millisecond past June 1, 2020 1:15:02 PM UTC. <p> If you specify <code>startTime</code>, then you must also specify <code>period</code> or <code>endTime</code>, but not both. </p> |
Returns a list of Recommendation objects that contain recommendations for a profiling group for a given time period
Description
Returns a list of Recommendation
objects that contain recommendations for a profiling group for a given time period. A list of Anomaly
objects that contains details about anomalies detected in the profiling group for the same time period is also returned.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_get_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_get_recommendations(
endTime,
locale = NULL,
profilingGroupName,
startTime
)
Arguments
endTime |
[required] The start time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must
specify |
locale |
The language used to provide analysis. Specify using a string that is
one of the following
|
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group to get analysis data about. |
startTime |
[required] The end time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must specify
|
List the available reports for a given profiling group and time range
Description
List the available reports for a given profiling group and time range.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_findings_reports/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_list_findings_reports(
dailyReportsOnly = NULL,
endTime,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
profilingGroupName,
startTime
)
Arguments
dailyReportsOnly |
A |
endTime |
[required] The end time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must specify
|
maxResults |
The maximum number of report results returned by
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group from which to search for analysis data. |
startTime |
[required] The start time of the profile to get analysis data about. You must
specify |
Lists the start times of the available aggregated profiles of a profiling group for an aggregation period within the specified time range
Description
Lists the start times of the available aggregated profiles of a profiling group for an aggregation period within the specified time range.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_profile_times/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_list_profile_times(
endTime,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
orderBy = NULL,
period,
profilingGroupName,
startTime
)
Arguments
endTime |
[required] The end time of the time range from which to list the profiles. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of profile time results returned by
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
orderBy |
The order (ascending or descending by start time of the profile) to use
when listing profiles. Defaults to |
period |
[required] The aggregation period. This specifies the period during which an aggregation profile collects posted agent profiles for a profiling group. There are 3 valid values.
|
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group. |
startTime |
[required] The start time of the time range from which to list the profiles. |
Returns a list of profiling groups
Description
Returns a list of profiling groups. The profiling groups are returned as ProfilingGroupDescription
objects.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_profiling_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_list_profiling_groups(
includeDescription = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
includeDescription |
A |
maxResults |
The maximum number of profiling groups results returned by
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Returns a list of the tags that are assigned to a specified resource
Description
Returns a list of the tags that are assigned to a specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that contains the tags to return. |
Submits profiling data to an aggregated profile of a profiling group
Description
Submits profiling data to an aggregated profile of a profiling group. To get an aggregated profile that is created with this profiling data, use get_profile
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_post_agent_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_post_agent_profile(
agentProfile,
contentType,
profileToken = NULL,
profilingGroupName
)
Arguments
agentProfile |
[required] The submitted profiling data. |
contentType |
[required] The format of the submitted profiling data. The format maps to the
<ul> <li> <p> <code>application/json</code> — standard JSON format </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>application/x-amzn-ion</code> — the Amazon Ion data format. For more information, see <a href="http://amzn.github.io/ion-docs/">Amazon Ion</a>. </p> </li> </ul> |
profileToken |
Amazon CodeGuru Profiler uses this universally unique identifier (UUID) to prevent the accidental submission of duplicate profiling data if there are failures and retries. |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group with the aggregated profile that receives the submitted profiling data. |
Adds permissions to a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group
Description
Adds permissions to a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group. If a profiling group doesn't have a resource-based policy, one is created for it using the permissions in the action group and the roles and users in the principals
parameter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_put_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_put_permission(
actionGroup,
principals,
profilingGroupName,
revisionId = NULL
)
Arguments
actionGroup |
[required] Specifies an action group that contains permissions to add to a
profiling group resource. One action group is supported,
|
principals |
[required] A list ARNs for the roles and users you want to grant access to the profiling group. Wildcards are not are supported in the ARNs. |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group to grant access to. |
revisionId |
A universally unique identifier (UUID) for the revision of the policy
you are adding to the profiling group. Do not specify this when you add
permissions to a profiling group for the first time. If a policy already
exists on the profiling group, you must specify the |
Remove one anomaly notifications channel for a profiling group
Description
Remove one anomaly notifications channel for a profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_remove_notification_channel/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_remove_notification_channel(channelId, profilingGroupName)
Arguments
channelId |
[required] The id of the channel that we want to stop receiving notifications. |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group we want to change notification configuration for. |
Removes permissions from a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group
Description
Removes permissions from a profiling group's resource-based policy that are provided using an action group. The one supported action group that can be removed is agentPermission
which grants configure_agent
and PostAgent
permissions. For more information, see Resource-based policies in CodeGuru Profiler in the Amazon CodeGuru Profiler User Guide, configure_agent
, and post_agent_profile
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_remove_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_remove_permission(actionGroup, profilingGroupName, revisionId)
Arguments
actionGroup |
[required] Specifies an action group that contains the permissions to remove from a
profiling group's resource-based policy. One action group is supported,
|
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group. |
revisionId |
[required] A universally unique identifier (UUID) for the revision of the resource-based policy from which you want to remove permissions. |
Sends feedback to CodeGuru Profiler about whether the anomaly detected by the analysis is useful or not
Description
Sends feedback to CodeGuru Profiler about whether the anomaly detected by the analysis is useful or not.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_submit_feedback/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_submit_feedback(
anomalyInstanceId,
comment = NULL,
profilingGroupName,
type
)
Arguments
anomalyInstanceId |
[required] The universally unique identifier (UUID) of the
|
comment |
Optional feedback about this anomaly. |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group that is associated with the analysis data. |
type |
[required] The feedback tpye. Thee are two valid values, |
Use to assign one or more tags to a resource
Description
Use to assign one or more tags to a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the tags are added to. |
tags |
[required] The list of tags that are added to the specified resource. |
Use to remove one or more tags from a resource
Description
Use to remove one or more tags from a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that contains the tags to remove. |
tagKeys |
[required] A list of tag keys. Existing tags of resources with keys in this list are removed from the specified resource. |
Updates a profiling group
Description
Updates a profiling group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codeguruprofiler_update_profiling_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
codeguruprofiler_update_profiling_group(
agentOrchestrationConfig,
profilingGroupName
)
Arguments
agentOrchestrationConfig |
[required] Specifies whether profiling is enabled or disabled for a profiling group. |
profilingGroupName |
[required] The name of the profiling group to update. |
Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer
Description
This section provides documentation for the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer API operations. CodeGuru Reviewer is a service that uses program analysis and machine learning to detect potential defects that are difficult for developers to find and recommends fixes in your Java and Python code.
By proactively detecting and providing recommendations for addressing code defects and implementing best practices, CodeGuru Reviewer improves the overall quality and maintainability of your code base during the code review stage. For more information about CodeGuru Reviewer, see the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer User Guide.
To improve the security of your CodeGuru Reviewer API calls, you can establish a private connection between your VPC and CodeGuru Reviewer by creating an interface VPC endpoint. For more information, see CodeGuru Reviewer and interface VPC endpoints (Amazon Web Services PrivateLink) in the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer User Guide.
Usage
codegurureviewer(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codegurureviewer( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
associate_repository | Use to associate an Amazon Web Services CodeCommit repository or a repository managed by Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections with Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer |
create_code_review | Use to create a code review with a CodeReviewType of RepositoryAnalysis |
describe_code_review | Returns the metadata associated with the code review along with its status |
describe_recommendation_feedback | Describes the customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation |
describe_repository_association | Returns a RepositoryAssociation object that contains information about the requested repository association |
disassociate_repository | Removes the association between Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer and a repository |
list_code_reviews | Lists all the code reviews that the customer has created in the past 90 days |
list_recommendation_feedback | Returns a list of RecommendationFeedbackSummary objects that contain customer recommendation feedback for all CodeGuru Reviewer users |
list_recommendations | Returns the list of all recommendations for a completed code review |
list_repository_associations | Returns a list of RepositoryAssociationSummary objects that contain summary information about a repository association |
list_tags_for_resource | Returns the list of tags associated with an associated repository resource |
put_recommendation_feedback | Stores customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation |
tag_resource | Adds one or more tags to an associated repository |
untag_resource | Removes a tag from an associated repository |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codegurureviewer()
svc$associate_repository(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Use to associate an Amazon Web Services CodeCommit repository or a repository managed by Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections with Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer
Description
Use to associate an Amazon Web Services CodeCommit repository or a repository managed by Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections with Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer. When you associate a repository, CodeGuru Reviewer reviews source code changes in the repository's pull requests and provides automatic recommendations. You can view recommendations using the CodeGuru Reviewer console. For more information, see Recommendations in Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer in the Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_associate_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_associate_repository(
Repository,
ClientRequestToken = NULL,
Tags = NULL,
KMSKeyDetails = NULL
)
Arguments
Repository |
[required] The repository to associate. |
ClientRequestToken |
Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate repository associations if there are failures and retries. |
Tags |
An array of key-value pairs used to tag an associated repository. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:
|
KMSKeyDetails |
A
|
Use to create a code review with a CodeReviewType of RepositoryAnalysis
Description
Use to create a code review with a CodeReviewType of RepositoryAnalysis
. This type of code review analyzes all code under a specified branch in an associated repository. PullRequest
code reviews are automatically triggered by a pull request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_create_code_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_create_code_review(
Name,
RepositoryAssociationArn,
Type,
ClientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Name |
[required] The name of the code review. The name of each code review in your Amazon Web Services account must be unique. |
RepositoryAssociationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
RepositoryAssociation
object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling
A code review can only be created on an associated repository. This is the ARN of the associated repository. |
Type |
[required] The type of code review to create. This is specified using a
CodeReviewType
object. You can create a code review only of type |
ClientRequestToken |
Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate code reviews if there are failures and retries. |
Returns the metadata associated with the code review along with its status
Description
Returns the metadata associated with the code review along with its status.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_describe_code_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_describe_code_review(CodeReviewArn)
Arguments
CodeReviewArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object. |
Describes the customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation
Description
Describes the customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_describe_recommendation_feedback/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_describe_recommendation_feedback(
CodeReviewArn,
RecommendationId,
UserId = NULL
)
Arguments
CodeReviewArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object. |
RecommendationId |
[required] The recommendation ID that can be used to track the provided recommendations and then to collect the feedback. |
UserId |
Optional parameter to describe the feedback for a given user. If this is not supplied, it defaults to the user making the request. The |
Returns a RepositoryAssociation object that contains information about the requested repository association
Description
Returns a RepositoryAssociation object that contains information about the requested repository association.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_describe_repository_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_describe_repository_association(AssociationArn)
Arguments
AssociationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
RepositoryAssociation
object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling
|
Removes the association between Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer and a repository
Description
Removes the association between Amazon CodeGuru Reviewer and a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_disassociate_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_disassociate_repository(AssociationArn)
Arguments
AssociationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
RepositoryAssociation
object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling
|
Lists all the code reviews that the customer has created in the past 90 days
Description
Lists all the code reviews that the customer has created in the past 90 days.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_code_reviews/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_list_code_reviews(
ProviderTypes = NULL,
States = NULL,
RepositoryNames = NULL,
Type,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ProviderTypes |
List of provider types for filtering that needs to be applied before
displaying the result. For example, |
States |
List of states for filtering that needs to be applied before displaying
the result. For example, The valid code review states are:
|
RepositoryNames |
List of repository names for filtering that needs to be applied before displaying the result. |
Type |
[required] The type of code reviews to list in the response. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results that are returned per call. The default is 100. |
NextToken |
If |
Returns a list of RecommendationFeedbackSummary objects that contain customer recommendation feedback for all CodeGuru Reviewer users
Description
Returns a list of RecommendationFeedbackSummary objects that contain customer recommendation feedback for all CodeGuru Reviewer users.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_recommendation_feedback/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_list_recommendation_feedback(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
CodeReviewArn,
UserIds = NULL,
RecommendationIds = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
If |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results that are returned per call. The default is 100. |
CodeReviewArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object. |
UserIds |
An Amazon Web Services user's account ID or Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Use this ID to query the recommendation feedback for a code review from that user. The |
RecommendationIds |
Used to query the recommendation feedback for a given recommendation. |
Returns the list of all recommendations for a completed code review
Description
Returns the list of all recommendations for a completed code review.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_list_recommendations(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
CodeReviewArn
)
Arguments
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results that are returned per call. The default is 100. |
CodeReviewArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object. |
Returns a list of RepositoryAssociationSummary objects that contain summary information about a repository association
Description
Returns a list of RepositoryAssociationSummary objects that contain summary information about a repository association. You can filter the returned list by ProviderType, Name, State, and Owner.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_repository_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_list_repository_associations(
ProviderTypes = NULL,
States = NULL,
Names = NULL,
Owners = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ProviderTypes |
List of provider types to use as a filter. |
States |
List of repository association states to use as a filter. The valid repository association states are:
|
Names |
List of repository names to use as a filter. |
Owners |
List of owners to use as a filter. For Amazon Web Services CodeCommit, it is the name of the CodeCommit account that was used to associate the repository. For other repository source providers, such as Bitbucket and GitHub Enterprise Server, this is name of the account that was used to associate the repository. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of repository association results returned by
|
NextToken |
The Treat this token as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Returns the list of tags associated with an associated repository resource
Description
Returns the list of tags associated with an associated repository resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
RepositoryAssociation
object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling
|
Stores customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation
Description
Stores customer feedback for a CodeGuru Reviewer recommendation. When this API is called again with different reactions the previous feedback is overwritten.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_put_recommendation_feedback/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_put_recommendation_feedback(
CodeReviewArn,
RecommendationId,
Reactions
)
Arguments
CodeReviewArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CodeReview object. |
RecommendationId |
[required] The recommendation ID that can be used to track the provided recommendations and then to collect the feedback. |
Reactions |
[required] List for storing reactions. Reactions are utf-8 text code for emojis. If you send an empty list it clears all your feedback. |
Adds one or more tags to an associated repository
Description
Adds one or more tags to an associated repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_tag_resource(resourceArn, Tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
RepositoryAssociation
object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling
|
Tags |
[required] An array of key-value pairs used to tag an associated repository. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:
|
Removes a tag from an associated repository
Description
Removes a tag from an associated repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurureviewer_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurureviewer_untag_resource(resourceArn, TagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
RepositoryAssociation
object. You can retrieve this ARN by calling
|
TagKeys |
[required] A list of the keys for each tag you want to remove from an associated repository. |
Amazon CodeGuru Security
Description
Amazon CodeGuru Security is in preview release and is subject to change.
This section provides documentation for the Amazon CodeGuru Security API operations. CodeGuru Security is a service that uses program analysis and machine learning to detect security policy violations and vulnerabilities, and recommends ways to address these security risks.
By proactively detecting and providing recommendations for addressing security risks, CodeGuru Security improves the overall security of your application code. For more information about CodeGuru Security, see the Amazon CodeGuru Security User Guide.
Usage
codegurusecurity(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codegurusecurity( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
batch_get_findings | Returns a list of requested findings from standard scans |
create_scan | Use to create a scan using code uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket |
create_upload_url | Generates a pre-signed URL, request headers used to upload a code resource, and code artifact identifier for the uploaded resource |
get_account_configuration | Use to get the encryption configuration for an account |
get_findings | Returns a list of all findings generated by a particular scan |
get_metrics_summary | Returns a summary of metrics for an account from a specified date, including number of open findings, the categories with most findings, the scans with most open findings, and scans with most open critical findings |
get_scan | Returns details about a scan, including whether or not a scan has completed |
list_findings_metrics | Returns metrics about all findings in an account within a specified time range |
list_scans | Returns a list of all scans in an account |
list_tags_for_resource | Returns a list of all tags associated with a scan |
tag_resource | Use to add one or more tags to an existing scan |
untag_resource | Use to remove one or more tags from an existing scan |
update_account_configuration | Use to update the encryption configuration for an account |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codegurusecurity()
svc$batch_get_findings(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Returns a list of requested findings from standard scans
Description
Returns a list of requested findings from standard scans.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_batch_get_findings/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_batch_get_findings(findingIdentifiers)
Arguments
findingIdentifiers |
[required] A list of finding identifiers. Each identifier consists of a |
Use to create a scan using code uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket
Description
Use to create a scan using code uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_create_scan/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_create_scan(
analysisType = NULL,
clientToken = NULL,
resourceId,
scanName,
scanType = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
analysisType |
The type of analysis you want CodeGuru Security to perform in the scan,
either |
clientToken |
The idempotency token for the request. Amazon CodeGuru Security uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate scans if there are failures and retries. |
resourceId |
[required] The identifier for the resource object to be scanned. |
scanName |
[required] The unique name that CodeGuru Security uses to track revisions across
multiple scans of the same resource. Only allowed for a |
scanType |
The type of scan, either
|
tags |
An array of key-value pairs used to tag a scan. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:
|
Generates a pre-signed URL, request headers used to upload a code resource, and code artifact identifier for the uploaded resource
Description
Generates a pre-signed URL, request headers used to upload a code resource, and code artifact identifier for the uploaded resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_create_upload_url/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_create_upload_url(scanName)
Arguments
scanName |
[required] The name of the scan that will use the uploaded resource. CodeGuru
Security uses the unique scan name to track revisions across multiple
scans of the same resource. Use this |
Use to get the encryption configuration for an account
Description
Use to get the encryption configuration for an account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_account_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_get_account_configuration()
Returns a list of all findings generated by a particular scan
Description
Returns a list of all findings generated by a particular scan.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_findings/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_get_findings(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
scanName,
status = NULL
)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the response. Use this
parameter when paginating results. If additional results exist beyond
the number you specify, the |
nextToken |
A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response.
Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request. For
subsequent calls, use the |
scanName |
[required] The name of the scan you want to retrieve findings from. |
status |
The status of the findings you want to get. Pass either |
Returns a summary of metrics for an account from a specified date, including number of open findings, the categories with most findings, the scans with most open findings, and scans with most open critical findings
Description
Returns a summary of metrics for an account from a specified date, including number of open findings, the categories with most findings, the scans with most open findings, and scans with most open critical findings.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_metrics_summary/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_get_metrics_summary(date)
Arguments
date |
[required] The date you want to retrieve summary metrics from, rounded to the nearest day. The date must be within the past two years. |
Returns details about a scan, including whether or not a scan has completed
Description
Returns details about a scan, including whether or not a scan has completed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_get_scan/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_get_scan(runId = NULL, scanName)
Arguments
runId |
UUID that identifies the individual scan run you want to view details
about. You retrieve this when you call the
|
scanName |
[required] The name of the scan you want to view details about. |
Returns metrics about all findings in an account within a specified time range
Description
Returns metrics about all findings in an account within a specified time range.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_list_findings_metrics/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_list_findings_metrics(
endDate,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
startDate
)
Arguments
endDate |
[required] The end date of the interval which you want to retrieve metrics from. Round to the nearest day. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the response. Use this
parameter when paginating results. If additional results exist beyond
the number you specify, the |
nextToken |
A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response.
Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request. For
subsequent calls, use the |
startDate |
[required] The start date of the interval which you want to retrieve metrics from. Rounds to the nearest day. |
Returns a list of all scans in an account
Description
Returns a list of all scans in an account. Does not return EXPRESS
scans.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_list_scans/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_list_scans(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the response. Use this
parameter when paginating results. If additional results exist beyond
the number you specify, the |
nextToken |
A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response.
Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request. For
subsequent calls, use the |
Returns a list of all tags associated with a scan
Description
Returns a list of all tags associated with a scan.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the |
Use to add one or more tags to an existing scan
Description
Use to add one or more tags to an existing scan.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the |
tags |
[required] An array of key-value pairs used to tag an existing scan. A tag is a custom attribute label with two parts:
|
Use to remove one or more tags from an existing scan
Description
Use to remove one or more tags from an existing scan.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the |
tagKeys |
[required] A list of keys for each tag you want to remove from a scan. |
Use to update the encryption configuration for an account
Description
Use to update the encryption configuration for an account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codegurusecurity_update_account_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codegurusecurity_update_account_configuration(encryptionConfig)
Arguments
encryptionConfig |
[required] The customer-managed KMS key ARN you want to use for encryption. If not specified, CodeGuru Security will use an AWS-managed key for encryption. If you previously specified a customer-managed KMS key and want CodeGuru Security to use an AWS-managed key for encryption instead, pass nothing. |
AWS CodePipeline
Description
CodePipeline
Overview
This is the CodePipeline API Reference. This guide provides descriptions of the actions and data types for CodePipeline. Some functionality for your pipeline can only be configured through the API. For more information, see the CodePipeline User Guide.
You can use the CodePipeline API to work with pipelines, stages, actions, and transitions.
Pipelines are models of automated release processes. Each pipeline is uniquely named, and consists of stages, actions, and transitions.
You can work with pipelines by calling:
-
create_pipeline
, which creates a uniquely named pipeline. -
delete_pipeline
, which deletes the specified pipeline. -
get_pipeline
, which returns information about the pipeline structure and pipeline metadata, including the pipeline Amazon Resource Name (ARN). -
get_pipeline_execution
, which returns information about a specific execution of a pipeline. -
get_pipeline_state
, which returns information about the current state of the stages and actions of a pipeline. -
list_action_executions
, which returns action-level details for past executions. The details include full stage and action-level details, including individual action duration, status, any errors that occurred during the execution, and input and output artifact location details. -
list_pipelines
, which gets a summary of all of the pipelines associated with your account. -
list_pipeline_executions
, which gets a summary of the most recent executions for a pipeline. -
start_pipeline_execution
, which runs the most recent revision of an artifact through the pipeline. -
stop_pipeline_execution
, which stops the specified pipeline execution from continuing through the pipeline. -
update_pipeline
, which updates a pipeline with edits or changes to the structure of the pipeline.
Pipelines include stages. Each stage contains one or more actions that
must complete before the next stage begins. A stage results in success
or failure. If a stage fails, the pipeline stops at that stage and
remains stopped until either a new version of an artifact appears in the
source location, or a user takes action to rerun the most recent
artifact through the pipeline. You can call
get_pipeline_state
, which displays
the status of a pipeline, including the status of stages in the
pipeline, or get_pipeline
, which returns
the entire structure of the pipeline, including the stages of that
pipeline. For more information about the structure of stages and
actions, see CodePipeline Pipeline Structure Reference.
Pipeline stages include actions that are categorized into categories
such as source or build actions performed in a stage of a pipeline. For
example, you can use a source action to import artifacts into a pipeline
from a source such as Amazon S3. Like stages, you do not work with
actions directly in most cases, but you do define and interact with
actions when working with pipeline operations such as
create_pipeline
and
get_pipeline_state
. Valid action
categories are:
Source
Build
Test
Deploy
Approval
Invoke
Compute
Pipelines also include transitions, which allow the transition of artifacts from one stage to the next in a pipeline after the actions in one stage complete.
You can work with transitions by calling:
-
disable_stage_transition
, which prevents artifacts from transitioning to the next stage in a pipeline. -
enable_stage_transition
, which enables transition of artifacts between stages in a pipeline.
Using the API to integrate with CodePipeline
For third-party integrators or developers who want to create their own integrations with CodePipeline, the expected sequence varies from the standard API user. To integrate with CodePipeline, developers need to work with the following items:
Jobs, which are instances of an action. For example, a job for a source action might import a revision of an artifact from a source.
You can work with jobs by calling:
-
acknowledge_job
, which confirms whether a job worker has received the specified job. -
get_job_details
, which returns the details of a job. -
poll_for_jobs
, which determines whether there are any jobs to act on. -
put_job_failure_result
, which provides details of a job failure. -
put_job_success_result
, which provides details of a job success.
Third party jobs, which are instances of an action created by a partner action and integrated into CodePipeline. Partner actions are created by members of the Amazon Web Services Partner Network.
You can work with third party jobs by calling:
-
acknowledge_third_party_job
, which confirms whether a job worker has received the specified job. -
get_third_party_job_details
, which requests the details of a job for a partner action. -
poll_for_third_party_jobs
, which determines whether there are any jobs to act on. -
put_third_party_job_failure_result
, which provides details of a job failure. -
put_third_party_job_success_result
, which provides details of a job success.
Usage
codepipeline(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codepipeline( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
acknowledge_job | Returns information about a specified job and whether that job has been received by the job worker |
acknowledge_third_party_job | Confirms a job worker has received the specified job |
create_custom_action_type | Creates a new custom action that can be used in all pipelines associated with the Amazon Web Services account |
create_pipeline | Creates a pipeline |
delete_custom_action_type | Marks a custom action as deleted |
delete_pipeline | Deletes the specified pipeline |
delete_webhook | Deletes a previously created webhook by name |
deregister_webhook_with_third_party | Removes the connection between the webhook that was created by CodePipeline and the external tool with events to be detected |
disable_stage_transition | Prevents artifacts in a pipeline from transitioning to the next stage in the pipeline |
enable_stage_transition | Enables artifacts in a pipeline to transition to a stage in a pipeline |
get_action_type | Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider |
get_job_details | Returns information about a job |
get_pipeline | Returns the metadata, structure, stages, and actions of a pipeline |
get_pipeline_execution | Returns information about an execution of a pipeline, including details about artifacts, the pipeline execution ID, and the name, version, and status of the pipeline |
get_pipeline_state | Returns information about the state of a pipeline, including the stages and actions |
get_third_party_job_details | Requests the details of a job for a third party action |
list_action_executions | Lists the action executions that have occurred in a pipeline |
list_action_types | Gets a summary of all CodePipeline action types associated with your account |
list_pipeline_executions | Gets a summary of the most recent executions for a pipeline |
list_pipelines | Gets a summary of all of the pipelines associated with your account |
list_rule_executions | Lists the rule executions that have occurred in a pipeline configured for conditions with rules |
list_rule_types | Lists the rules for the condition |
list_tags_for_resource | Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource |
list_webhooks | Gets a listing of all the webhooks in this Amazon Web Services Region for this account |
override_stage_condition | Used to override a stage condition |
poll_for_jobs | Returns information about any jobs for CodePipeline to act on |
poll_for_third_party_jobs | Determines whether there are any third party jobs for a job worker to act on |
put_action_revision | Provides information to CodePipeline about new revisions to a source |
put_approval_result | Provides the response to a manual approval request to CodePipeline |
put_job_failure_result | Represents the failure of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker |
put_job_success_result | Represents the success of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker |
put_third_party_job_failure_result | Represents the failure of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker |
put_third_party_job_success_result | Represents the success of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker |
put_webhook | Defines a webhook and returns a unique webhook URL generated by CodePipeline |
register_webhook_with_third_party | Configures a connection between the webhook that was created and the external tool with events to be detected |
retry_stage_execution | You can retry a stage that has failed without having to run a pipeline again from the beginning |
rollback_stage | Rolls back a stage execution |
start_pipeline_execution | Starts the specified pipeline |
stop_pipeline_execution | Stops the specified pipeline execution |
tag_resource | Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource |
untag_resource | Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource |
update_action_type | Updates an action type that was created with any supported integration model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type provider |
update_pipeline | Updates a specified pipeline with edits or changes to its structure |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codepipeline()
svc$acknowledge_job(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Returns information about a specified job and whether that job has been received by the job worker
Description
Returns information about a specified job and whether that job has been received by the job worker. Used for custom actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_acknowledge_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_acknowledge_job(jobId, nonce)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job for which you want to confirm receipt. |
nonce |
[required] A system-generated random number that CodePipeline uses to ensure that
the job is being worked on by only one job worker. Get this number from
the response of the |
Confirms a job worker has received the specified job
Description
Confirms a job worker has received the specified job. Used for partner actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_acknowledge_third_party_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_acknowledge_third_party_job(jobId, nonce, clientToken)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job. |
nonce |
[required] A system-generated random number that CodePipeline uses to ensure that
the job is being worked on by only one job worker. Get this number from
the response to a
|
clientToken |
[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details. |
Creates a new custom action that can be used in all pipelines associated with the Amazon Web Services account
Description
Creates a new custom action that can be used in all pipelines associated with the Amazon Web Services account. Only used for custom actions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_create_custom_action_type/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_create_custom_action_type(
category,
provider,
version,
settings = NULL,
configurationProperties = NULL,
inputArtifactDetails,
outputArtifactDetails,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
category |
[required] The category of the custom action, such as a build action or a test action. |
provider |
[required] The provider of the service used in the custom action, such as CodeDeploy. |
version |
[required] The version identifier of the custom action. |
settings |
URLs that provide users information about this custom action. |
configurationProperties |
The configuration properties for the custom action. You can refer to a name in the configuration properties of the custom action within the URL templates by following the format of {Config:name}, as long as the configuration property is both required and not secret. For more information, see Create a Custom Action for a Pipeline. |
inputArtifactDetails |
[required] The details of the input artifact for the action, such as its commit ID. |
outputArtifactDetails |
[required] The details of the output artifact of the action, such as its commit ID. |
tags |
The tags for the custom action. |
Creates a pipeline
Description
Creates a pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_create_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_create_pipeline(pipeline, tags = NULL)
Arguments
pipeline |
[required] Represents the structure of actions and stages to be performed in the pipeline. |
tags |
The tags for the pipeline. |
Marks a custom action as deleted
Description
Marks a custom action as deleted. poll_for_jobs
for the custom action fails after the action is marked for deletion. Used for custom actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_delete_custom_action_type/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_delete_custom_action_type(category, provider, version)
Arguments
category |
[required] The category of the custom action that you want to delete, such as source or deploy. |
provider |
[required] The provider of the service used in the custom action, such as CodeDeploy. |
version |
[required] The version of the custom action to delete. |
Deletes the specified pipeline
Description
Deletes the specified pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_delete_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_delete_pipeline(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the pipeline to be deleted. |
Deletes a previously created webhook by name
Description
Deletes a previously created webhook by name. Deleting the webhook stops CodePipeline from starting a pipeline every time an external event occurs. The API returns successfully when trying to delete a webhook that is already deleted. If a deleted webhook is re-created by calling PutWebhook with the same name, it will have a different URL.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_delete_webhook/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_delete_webhook(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the webhook you want to delete. |
Removes the connection between the webhook that was created by CodePipeline and the external tool with events to be detected
Description
Removes the connection between the webhook that was created by CodePipeline and the external tool with events to be detected. Currently supported only for webhooks that target an action type of GitHub.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_deregister_webhook_with_third_party/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_deregister_webhook_with_third_party(webhookName = NULL)
Arguments
webhookName |
The name of the webhook you want to deregister. |
Prevents artifacts in a pipeline from transitioning to the next stage in the pipeline
Description
Prevents artifacts in a pipeline from transitioning to the next stage in the pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_disable_stage_transition/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_disable_stage_transition(
pipelineName,
stageName,
transitionType,
reason
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline in which you want to disable the flow of artifacts from one stage to another. |
stageName |
[required] The name of the stage where you want to disable the inbound or outbound transition of artifacts. |
transitionType |
[required] Specifies whether artifacts are prevented from transitioning into the stage and being processed by the actions in that stage (inbound), or prevented from transitioning from the stage after they have been processed by the actions in that stage (outbound). |
reason |
[required] The reason given to the user that a stage is disabled, such as waiting for manual approval or manual tests. This message is displayed in the pipeline console UI. |
Enables artifacts in a pipeline to transition to a stage in a pipeline
Description
Enables artifacts in a pipeline to transition to a stage in a pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_enable_stage_transition/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_enable_stage_transition(pipelineName, stageName, transitionType)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline in which you want to enable the flow of artifacts from one stage to another. |
stageName |
[required] The name of the stage where you want to enable the transition of artifacts, either into the stage (inbound) or from that stage to the next stage (outbound). |
transitionType |
[required] Specifies whether artifacts are allowed to enter the stage and be processed by the actions in that stage (inbound) or whether already processed artifacts are allowed to transition to the next stage (outbound). |
Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider
Description
Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider. The action can be created with any supported integration model.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_action_type/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_get_action_type(category, owner, provider, version)
Arguments
category |
[required] Defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage. The following are the valid values:
|
owner |
[required] The creator of an action type that was created with any supported
integration model. There are two valid values: |
provider |
[required] The provider of the action type being called. The provider name is specified when the action type is created. |
version |
[required] A string that describes the action type version. |
Returns information about a job
Description
Returns information about a job. Used for custom actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_job_details/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_get_job_details(jobId)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The unique system-generated ID for the job. |
Returns the metadata, structure, stages, and actions of a pipeline
Description
Returns the metadata, structure, stages, and actions of a pipeline. Can be used to return the entire structure of a pipeline in JSON format, which can then be modified and used to update the pipeline structure with update_pipeline
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_get_pipeline(name, version = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to get information. Pipeline names must be unique in an Amazon Web Services account. |
version |
The version number of the pipeline. If you do not specify a version, defaults to the current version. |
Returns information about an execution of a pipeline, including details about artifacts, the pipeline execution ID, and the name, version, and status of the pipeline
Description
Returns information about an execution of a pipeline, including details about artifacts, the pipeline execution ID, and the name, version, and status of the pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_get_pipeline_execution(pipelineName, pipelineExecutionId)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline about which you want to get execution details. |
pipelineExecutionId |
[required] The ID of the pipeline execution about which you want to get execution details. |
Returns information about the state of a pipeline, including the stages and actions
Description
Returns information about the state of a pipeline, including the stages and actions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_pipeline_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_get_pipeline_state(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the pipeline about which you want to get information. |
Requests the details of a job for a third party action
Description
Requests the details of a job for a third party action. Used for partner actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_get_third_party_job_details/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_get_third_party_job_details(jobId, clientToken)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The unique system-generated ID used for identifying the job. |
clientToken |
[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details. |
Lists the action executions that have occurred in a pipeline
Description
Lists the action executions that have occurred in a pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_action_executions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_action_executions(
pipelineName,
filter = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to list action execution history. |
filter |
Input information used to filter action execution history. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. Action execution history is retained for up to 12 months, based on action execution start times. Default value is 100. |
nextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous
|
Gets a summary of all CodePipeline action types associated with your account
Description
Gets a summary of all CodePipeline action types associated with your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_action_types/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_action_types(
actionOwnerFilter = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
regionFilter = NULL
)
Arguments
actionOwnerFilter |
Filters the list of action types to those created by a specified entity. |
nextToken |
An identifier that was returned from the previous list action types call, which can be used to return the next set of action types in the list. |
regionFilter |
The Region to filter on for the list of action types. |
Gets a summary of the most recent executions for a pipeline
Description
Gets a summary of the most recent executions for a pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_pipeline_executions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_pipeline_executions(
pipelineName,
maxResults = NULL,
filter = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to get execution summary information. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. Pipeline history is limited to the most recent 12 months, based on pipeline execution start times. Default value is 100. |
filter |
The pipeline execution to filter on. |
nextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous
|
Gets a summary of all of the pipelines associated with your account
Description
Gets a summary of all of the pipelines associated with your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_pipelines/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_pipelines(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
An identifier that was returned from the previous list pipelines call. It can be used to return the next set of pipelines in the list. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of pipelines to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining pipelines, make another call with the returned nextToken value. The minimum value you can specify is 1. The maximum accepted value is 1000. |
Lists the rule executions that have occurred in a pipeline configured for conditions with rules
Description
Lists the rule executions that have occurred in a pipeline configured for conditions with rules.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_rule_executions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_rule_executions(
pipelineName,
filter = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline for which you want to get execution summary information. |
filter |
Input information used to filter rule execution history. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. Pipeline history is limited to the most recent 12 months, based on pipeline execution start times. Default value is 100. |
nextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous
|
Lists the rules for the condition
Description
Lists the rules for the condition. For more information about conditions, see Stage conditions and How do stage conditions work?.For more information about rules, see the CodePipeline rule reference.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_rule_types/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_rule_types(ruleOwnerFilter = NULL, regionFilter = NULL)
Arguments
ruleOwnerFilter |
The rule owner to filter on. |
regionFilter |
The rule Region to filter on. |
Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource
Description
Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_tags_for_resource(
resourceArn,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to get tags for. |
nextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous API call, which would be used to return the next page of the list. The ListTagsforResource call lists all available tags in one call and does not use pagination. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. |
Gets a listing of all the webhooks in this Amazon Web Services Region for this account
Description
Gets a listing of all the webhooks in this Amazon Web Services Region for this account. The output lists all webhooks and includes the webhook URL and ARN and the configuration for each webhook.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_list_webhooks/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_list_webhooks(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous ListWebhooks call, which can be used to return the next set of webhooks in the list. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. |
Used to override a stage condition
Description
Used to override a stage condition. For more information about conditions, see Stage conditions and How do stage conditions work?.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_override_stage_condition/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_override_stage_condition(
pipelineName,
stageName,
pipelineExecutionId,
conditionType
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline with the stage that will override the condition. |
stageName |
[required] The name of the stage for the override. |
pipelineExecutionId |
[required] The ID of the pipeline execution for the override. |
conditionType |
[required] The type of condition to override for the stage, such as entry conditions, failure conditions, or success conditions. |
Returns information about any jobs for CodePipeline to act on
Description
Returns information about any jobs for CodePipeline to act on. poll_for_jobs
is valid only for action types with "Custom" in the owner field. If the action type contains AWS
or ThirdParty
in the owner field, the poll_for_jobs
action returns an error.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_poll_for_jobs/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_poll_for_jobs(
actionTypeId,
maxBatchSize = NULL,
queryParam = NULL
)
Arguments
actionTypeId |
[required] Represents information about an action type. |
maxBatchSize |
The maximum number of jobs to return in a poll for jobs call. |
queryParam |
A map of property names and values. For an action type with no queryable properties, this value must be null or an empty map. For an action type with a queryable property, you must supply that property as a key in the map. Only jobs whose action configuration matches the mapped value are returned. |
Determines whether there are any third party jobs for a job worker to act on
Description
Determines whether there are any third party jobs for a job worker to act on. Used for partner actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_poll_for_third_party_jobs/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_poll_for_third_party_jobs(actionTypeId, maxBatchSize = NULL)
Arguments
actionTypeId |
[required] Represents information about an action type. |
maxBatchSize |
The maximum number of jobs to return in a poll for jobs call. |
Provides information to CodePipeline about new revisions to a source
Description
Provides information to CodePipeline about new revisions to a source.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_action_revision/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_put_action_revision(
pipelineName,
stageName,
actionName,
actionRevision
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline that starts processing the revision to the source. |
stageName |
[required] The name of the stage that contains the action that acts on the revision. |
actionName |
[required] The name of the action that processes the revision. |
actionRevision |
[required] Represents information about the version (or revision) of an action. |
Provides the response to a manual approval request to CodePipeline
Description
Provides the response to a manual approval request to CodePipeline. Valid responses include Approved and Rejected.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_approval_result/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_put_approval_result(
pipelineName,
stageName,
actionName,
result,
token
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline that contains the action. |
stageName |
[required] The name of the stage that contains the action. |
actionName |
[required] The name of the action for which approval is requested. |
result |
[required] Represents information about the result of the approval request. |
token |
[required] The system-generated token used to identify a unique approval request.
The token for each open approval request can be obtained using the
For a pipeline where the execution mode is set to PARALLEL, the token
required to approve/reject an approval request as detailed above is not
available. Instead, use the |
Represents the failure of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
Description
Represents the failure of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for custom actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_job_failure_result/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_put_job_failure_result(jobId, failureDetails)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job that failed. This is the same
ID returned from |
failureDetails |
[required] The details about the failure of a job. |
Represents the success of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
Description
Represents the success of a job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for custom actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_job_success_result/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_put_job_success_result(
jobId,
currentRevision = NULL,
continuationToken = NULL,
executionDetails = NULL,
outputVariables = NULL
)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The unique system-generated ID of the job that succeeded. This is the
same ID returned from |
currentRevision |
The ID of the current revision of the artifact successfully worked on by the job. |
continuationToken |
A token generated by a job worker, such as a CodeDeploy deployment ID, that a successful job provides to identify a custom action in progress. Future jobs use this token to identify the running instance of the action. It can be reused to return more information about the progress of the custom action. When the action is complete, no continuation token should be supplied. |
executionDetails |
The execution details of the successful job, such as the actions taken by the job worker. |
outputVariables |
Key-value pairs produced as output by a job worker that can be made
available to a downstream action configuration. |
Represents the failure of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
Description
Represents the failure of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for partner actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_third_party_job_failure_result/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_put_third_party_job_failure_result(
jobId,
clientToken,
failureDetails
)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The ID of the job that failed. This is the same ID returned from
|
clientToken |
[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details. |
failureDetails |
[required] Represents information about failure details. |
Represents the success of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker
Description
Represents the success of a third party job as returned to the pipeline by a job worker. Used for partner actions only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_third_party_job_success_result/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_put_third_party_job_success_result(
jobId,
clientToken,
currentRevision = NULL,
continuationToken = NULL,
executionDetails = NULL
)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The ID of the job that successfully completed. This is the same ID
returned from
|
clientToken |
[required] The clientToken portion of the clientId and clientToken pair used to verify that the calling entity is allowed access to the job and its details. |
currentRevision |
Represents information about a current revision. |
continuationToken |
A token generated by a job worker, such as a CodeDeploy deployment ID, that a successful job provides to identify a partner action in progress. Future jobs use this token to identify the running instance of the action. It can be reused to return more information about the progress of the partner action. When the action is complete, no continuation token should be supplied. |
executionDetails |
The details of the actions taken and results produced on an artifact as it passes through stages in the pipeline. |
Defines a webhook and returns a unique webhook URL generated by CodePipeline
Description
Defines a webhook and returns a unique webhook URL generated by CodePipeline. This URL can be supplied to third party source hosting providers to call every time there's a code change. When CodePipeline receives a POST request on this URL, the pipeline defined in the webhook is started as long as the POST request satisfied the authentication and filtering requirements supplied when defining the webhook. RegisterWebhookWithThirdParty and DeregisterWebhookWithThirdParty APIs can be used to automatically configure supported third parties to call the generated webhook URL.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_put_webhook/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_put_webhook(webhook, tags = NULL)
Arguments
webhook |
[required] The detail provided in an input file to create the webhook, such as the webhook name, the pipeline name, and the action name. Give the webhook a unique name that helps you identify it. You might name the webhook after the pipeline and action it targets so that you can easily recognize what it's used for later. |
tags |
The tags for the webhook. |
Configures a connection between the webhook that was created and the external tool with events to be detected
Description
Configures a connection between the webhook that was created and the external tool with events to be detected.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_register_webhook_with_third_party/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_register_webhook_with_third_party(webhookName = NULL)
Arguments
webhookName |
The name of an existing webhook created with PutWebhook to register with a supported third party. |
You can retry a stage that has failed without having to run a pipeline again from the beginning
Description
You can retry a stage that has failed without having to run a pipeline again from the beginning. You do this by either retrying the failed actions in a stage or by retrying all actions in the stage starting from the first action in the stage. When you retry the failed actions in a stage, all actions that are still in progress continue working, and failed actions are triggered again. When you retry a failed stage from the first action in the stage, the stage cannot have any actions in progress. Before a stage can be retried, it must either have all actions failed or some actions failed and some succeeded.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_retry_stage_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_retry_stage_execution(
pipelineName,
stageName,
pipelineExecutionId,
retryMode
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline that contains the failed stage. |
stageName |
[required] The name of the failed stage to be retried. |
pipelineExecutionId |
[required] The ID of the pipeline execution in the failed stage to be retried. Use
the |
retryMode |
[required] The scope of the retry attempt. |
Rolls back a stage execution
Description
Rolls back a stage execution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_rollback_stage/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_rollback_stage(pipelineName, stageName, targetPipelineExecutionId)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline for which the stage will be rolled back. |
stageName |
[required] The name of the stage in the pipeline to be rolled back. |
targetPipelineExecutionId |
[required] The pipeline execution ID for the stage to be rolled back to. |
Starts the specified pipeline
Description
Starts the specified pipeline. Specifically, it begins processing the latest commit to the source location specified as part of the pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_start_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_start_pipeline_execution(
name,
variables = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
sourceRevisions = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the pipeline to start. |
variables |
A list that overrides pipeline variables for a pipeline execution that's
being started. Variable names must match |
clientRequestToken |
The system-generated unique ID used to identify a unique execution request. |
sourceRevisions |
A list that allows you to specify, or override, the source revision for a pipeline execution that's being started. A source revision is the version with all the changes to your application code, or source artifact, for the pipeline execution. |
Stops the specified pipeline execution
Description
Stops the specified pipeline execution. You choose to either stop the pipeline execution by completing in-progress actions without starting subsequent actions, or by abandoning in-progress actions. While completing or abandoning in-progress actions, the pipeline execution is in a Stopping
state. After all in-progress actions are completed or abandoned, the pipeline execution is in a Stopped
state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_stop_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_stop_pipeline_execution(
pipelineName,
pipelineExecutionId,
abandon = NULL,
reason = NULL
)
Arguments
pipelineName |
[required] The name of the pipeline to stop. |
pipelineExecutionId |
[required] The ID of the pipeline execution to be stopped in the current stage. Use
the |
abandon |
Use this option to stop the pipeline execution by abandoning, rather than finishing, in-progress actions. This option can lead to failed or out-of-sequence tasks. |
reason |
Use this option to enter comments, such as the reason the pipeline was stopped. |
Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource
Description
Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource. Tags are metadata that can be used to manage a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource you want to add tags to. |
tags |
[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource. |
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource
Description
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove tags from. |
tagKeys |
[required] The list of keys for the tags to be removed from the resource. |
Updates an action type that was created with any supported integration model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type provider
Description
Updates an action type that was created with any supported integration model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type provider. Use a JSON file with the action definition and update_action_type
to provide the full structure.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_update_action_type/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_update_action_type(actionType)
Arguments
actionType |
[required] The action type definition for the action type to be updated. |
Updates a specified pipeline with edits or changes to its structure
Description
Updates a specified pipeline with edits or changes to its structure. Use a JSON file with the pipeline structure and update_pipeline
to provide the full structure of the pipeline. Updating the pipeline increases the version number of the pipeline by 1.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codepipeline_update_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
codepipeline_update_pipeline(pipeline)
Arguments
pipeline |
[required] The name of the pipeline to be updated. |
AWS CodeStar connections
Description
AWS CodeStar Connections
This Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections API Reference provides descriptions and usage examples of the operations and data types for the Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections API. You can use the connections API to work with connections and installations.
Connections are configurations that you use to connect Amazon Web Services resources to external code repositories. Each connection is a resource that can be given to services such as CodePipeline to connect to a third-party repository such as Bitbucket. For example, you can add the connection in CodePipeline so that it triggers your pipeline when a code change is made to your third-party code repository. Each connection is named and associated with a unique ARN that is used to reference the connection.
When you create a connection, the console initiates a third-party connection handshake. Installations are the apps that are used to conduct this handshake. For example, the installation for the Bitbucket provider type is the Bitbucket app. When you create a connection, you can choose an existing installation or create one.
When you want to create a connection to an installed provider type such as GitHub Enterprise Server, you create a host for your connections.
You can work with connections by calling:
-
create_connection
, which creates a uniquely named connection that can be referenced by services such as CodePipeline. -
delete_connection
, which deletes the specified connection. -
get_connection
, which returns information about the connection, including the connection status. -
list_connections
, which lists the connections associated with your account.
You can work with hosts by calling:
-
create_host
, which creates a host that represents the infrastructure where your provider is installed. -
delete_host
, which deletes the specified host. -
get_host
, which returns information about the host, including the setup status. -
list_hosts
, which lists the hosts associated with your account.
You can work with tags in Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections by calling the following:
-
list_tags_for_resource
, which gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections. -
tag_resource
, which adds or updates tags for a resource in Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections. -
untag_resource
, which removes tags for a resource in Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections.
For information about how to use Amazon Web Services CodeStar Connections, see the Developer Tools User Guide.
Usage
codestarconnections(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codestarconnections( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_connection | Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories |
create_host | Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed |
create_repository_link | Creates a link to a specified external Git repository |
create_sync_configuration | Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource |
delete_connection | The connection to be deleted |
delete_host | The host to be deleted |
delete_repository_link | Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository |
delete_sync_configuration | Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection |
get_connection | Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type |
get_host | Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration |
get_repository_link | Returns details about a repository link |
get_repository_sync_status | Returns details about the sync status for a repository |
get_resource_sync_status | Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource |
get_sync_blocker_summary | Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers |
get_sync_configuration | Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name |
list_connections | Lists the connections associated with your account |
list_hosts | Lists the hosts associated with your account |
list_repository_links | Lists the repository links created for connections in your account |
list_repository_sync_definitions | Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account |
list_sync_configurations | Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository |
list_tags_for_resource | Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource |
tag_resource | Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource |
untag_resource | Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource |
update_host | Updates a specified host with the provided configurations |
update_repository_link | Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository |
update_sync_blocker | Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue |
update_sync_configuration | Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codestarconnections()
svc$create_connection(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories
Description
Creates a connection that can then be given to other Amazon Web Services services like CodePipeline so that it can access third-party code repositories. The connection is in pending status until the third-party connection handshake is completed from the console.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_create_connection(
ProviderType = NULL,
ConnectionName,
Tags = NULL,
HostArn = NULL
)
Arguments
ProviderType |
The name of the external provider where your third-party code repository is configured. |
ConnectionName |
[required] The name of the connection to be created. |
Tags |
The key-value pair to use when tagging the resource. |
HostArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host associated with the connection to be created. |
Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed
Description
Creates a resource that represents the infrastructure where a third-party provider is installed. The host is used when you create connections to an installed third-party provider type, such as GitHub Enterprise Server. You create one host for all connections to that provider.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_create_host(
Name,
ProviderType,
ProviderEndpoint,
VpcConfiguration = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
Name |
[required] The name of the host to be created. |
ProviderType |
[required] The name of the installed provider to be associated with your connection. The host resource represents the infrastructure where your provider type is installed. The valid provider type is GitHub Enterprise Server. |
ProviderEndpoint |
[required] The endpoint of the infrastructure to be represented by the host after it is created. |
VpcConfiguration |
The VPC configuration to be provisioned for the host. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC. |
Tags |
Tags for the host to be created. |
Creates a link to a specified external Git repository
Description
Creates a link to a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_create_repository_link(
ConnectionArn,
OwnerId,
RepositoryName,
EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be associated with the repository link. |
OwnerId |
[required] The owner ID for the repository associated with a specific sync configuration, such as the owner ID in GitHub. |
RepositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to be associated with the repository link. |
EncryptionKeyArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) encryption key for the repository to be associated with the repository link. |
Tags |
The tags for the repository to be associated with the repository link. |
Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource
Description
Creates a sync configuration which allows Amazon Web Services to sync content from a Git repository to update a specified Amazon Web Services resource. Parameters for the sync configuration are determined by the sync type.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_create_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_create_sync_configuration(
Branch,
ConfigFile,
RepositoryLinkId,
ResourceName,
RoleArn,
SyncType,
PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL
)
Arguments
Branch |
[required] The branch in the repository from which changes will be synced. |
ConfigFile |
[required] The file name of the configuration file that manages syncing between the connection and the repository. This configuration file is stored in the repository. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link created for the connection. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource (for example, a CloudFormation stack in the case of CFN_STACK_SYNC) that will be synchronized from the linked repository. |
RoleArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM role that grants permission for Amazon Web Services to use Git sync to update a given Amazon Web Services resource on your behalf. |
SyncType |
[required] The type of sync configuration. |
PublishDeploymentStatus |
Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers. |
TriggerResourceUpdateOn |
When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update. |
The connection to be deleted
Description
The connection to be deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_delete_connection(ConnectionArn)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection to be deleted. The ARN is never reused if the connection is deleted. |
The host to be deleted
Description
The host to be deleted. Before you delete a host, all connections associated to the host must be deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_delete_host(HostArn)
Arguments
HostArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be deleted. |
Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
Description
Deletes the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_delete_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)
Arguments
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link to be deleted. |
Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection
Description
Deletes the sync configuration for a specified repository and connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_delete_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_delete_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)
Arguments
SyncType |
[required] The type of sync configuration to be deleted. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource associated with the sync configuration to be deleted. |
Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type
Description
Returns the connection ARN and details such as status, owner, and provider type.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_get_connection(ConnectionArn)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a connection. |
Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration
Description
Returns the host ARN and details such as status, provider type, endpoint, and, if applicable, the VPC configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_get_host(HostArn)
Arguments
HostArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the requested host. |
Returns details about a repository link
Description
Returns details about a repository link. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes from files in a specified Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_get_repository_link(RepositoryLinkId)
Arguments
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link to get. |
Returns details about the sync status for a repository
Description
Returns details about the sync status for a repository. A repository sync uses Git sync to push and pull changes from your remote repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_repository_sync_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_get_repository_sync_status(
Branch,
RepositoryLinkId,
SyncType
)
Arguments
Branch |
[required] The branch of the repository link for the requested repository sync status. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The repository link ID for the requested repository sync status. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type of the requested sync status. |
Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource
Description
Returns the status of the sync with the Git repository for a specific Amazon Web Services resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_resource_sync_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_get_resource_sync_status(ResourceName, SyncType)
Arguments
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync status with the Git repository. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync status with the Git repository. |
Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers
Description
Returns a list of the most recent sync blockers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_get_sync_blocker_summary(SyncType, ResourceName)
Arguments
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync blocker summary. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource currently blocked from automatically being synced from a Git repository. |
Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name
Description
Returns details about a sync configuration, including the sync type and resource name. A sync configuration allows the configuration to sync (push and pull) changes from the remote repository for a specified branch in a Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_get_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_get_sync_configuration(SyncType, ResourceName)
Arguments
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration for which you want to retrieve information. |
Lists the connections associated with your account
Description
Lists the connections associated with your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_list_connections(
ProviderTypeFilter = NULL,
HostArnFilter = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ProviderTypeFilter |
Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified provider, such as Bitbucket. |
HostArnFilter |
Filters the list of connections to those associated with a specified host. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous
|
Lists the hosts associated with your account
Description
Lists the hosts associated with your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_hosts/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_list_hosts(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token that was returned from the previous
|
Lists the repository links created for connections in your account
Description
Lists the repository links created for connections in your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_repository_links/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_list_repository_links(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
MaxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account
Description
Lists the repository sync definitions for repository links in your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_list_repository_sync_definitions(
RepositoryLinkId,
SyncType
)
Arguments
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link for the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type of the repository link for the the sync definition for which you want to retrieve information. |
Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository
Description
Returns a list of sync configurations for a specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_sync_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_list_sync_configurations(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
RepositoryLinkId,
SyncType
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the operation. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link for the requested list of sync configurations. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the requested list of sync configurations. |
Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource
Description
Gets the set of key-value pairs (metadata) that are used to manage the resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get information about tags, if any. |
Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource
Description
Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource. Tags are metadata that can be used to manage a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add or update tags. |
Tags |
[required] The tags you want to modify or add to the resource. |
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource
Description
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove tags from. |
TagKeys |
[required] The list of keys for the tags to be removed from the resource. |
Updates a specified host with the provided configurations
Description
Updates a specified host with the provided configurations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_host/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_update_host(
HostArn,
ProviderEndpoint = NULL,
VpcConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
HostArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host to be updated. |
ProviderEndpoint |
The URL or endpoint of the host to be updated. |
VpcConfiguration |
The VPC configuration of the host to be updated. A VPC must be configured and the infrastructure to be represented by the host must already be connected to the VPC. |
Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository
Description
Updates the association between your connection and a specified external Git repository. A repository link allows Git sync to monitor and sync changes to files in a specified Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_repository_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_update_repository_link(
ConnectionArn = NULL,
EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
RepositoryLinkId
)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connection for the repository link to be updated. The updated connection ARN must have the same providerType (such as GitHub) as the original connection ARN for the repo link. |
EncryptionKeyArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the encryption key for the repository link to be updated. |
RepositoryLinkId |
[required] The ID of the repository link to be updated. |
Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue
Description
Allows you to update the status of a sync blocker, resolving the blocker and allowing syncing to continue.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_sync_blocker/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_update_sync_blocker(
Id,
SyncType,
ResourceName,
ResolvedReason
)
Arguments
Id |
[required] The ID of the sync blocker to be updated. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type of the sync blocker to be updated. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the resource for the sync blocker to be updated. |
ResolvedReason |
[required] The reason for resolving the sync blocker. |
Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository
Description
Updates the sync configuration for your connection and a specified external Git repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarconnections_update_sync_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarconnections_update_sync_configuration(
Branch = NULL,
ConfigFile = NULL,
RepositoryLinkId = NULL,
ResourceName,
RoleArn = NULL,
SyncType,
PublishDeploymentStatus = NULL,
TriggerResourceUpdateOn = NULL
)
Arguments
Branch |
The branch for the sync configuration to be updated. |
ConfigFile |
The configuration file for the sync configuration to be updated. |
RepositoryLinkId |
The ID of the repository link for the sync configuration to be updated. |
ResourceName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services resource for the sync configuration to be updated. |
RoleArn |
The ARN of the IAM role for the sync configuration to be updated. |
SyncType |
[required] The sync type for the sync configuration to be updated. |
PublishDeploymentStatus |
Whether to enable or disable publishing of deployment status to source providers. |
TriggerResourceUpdateOn |
When to trigger Git sync to begin the stack update. |
AWS CodeStar Notifications
Description
This AWS CodeStar Notifications API Reference provides descriptions and usage examples of the operations and data types for the AWS CodeStar Notifications API. You can use the AWS CodeStar Notifications API to work with the following objects:
Notification rules, by calling the following:
-
create_notification_rule
, which creates a notification rule for a resource in your account. -
delete_notification_rule
, which deletes a notification rule. -
describe_notification_rule
, which provides information about a notification rule. -
list_notification_rules
, which lists the notification rules associated with your account. -
update_notification_rule
, which changes the name, events, or targets associated with a notification rule. -
subscribe
, which subscribes a target to a notification rule. -
unsubscribe
, which removes a target from a notification rule.
Targets, by calling the following:
-
delete_target
, which removes a notification rule target from a notification rule. -
list_targets
, which lists the targets associated with a notification rule.
Events, by calling the following:
-
list_event_types
, which lists the event types you can include in a notification rule.
Tags, by calling the following:
-
list_tags_for_resource
, which lists the tags already associated with a notification rule in your account. -
tag_resource
, which associates a tag you provide with a notification rule in your account. -
untag_resource
, which removes a tag from a notification rule in your account.
For information about how to use AWS CodeStar Notifications, see the Amazon Web Services Developer Tools Console User Guide.
Usage
codestarnotifications(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- codestarnotifications( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_notification_rule | Creates a notification rule for a resource |
delete_notification_rule | Deletes a notification rule for a resource |
delete_target | Deletes a specified target for notifications |
describe_notification_rule | Returns information about a specified notification rule |
list_event_types | Returns information about the event types available for configuring notifications |
list_notification_rules | Returns a list of the notification rules for an Amazon Web Services account |
list_tags_for_resource | Returns a list of the tags associated with a notification rule |
list_targets | Returns a list of the notification rule targets for an Amazon Web Services account |
subscribe | Creates an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic or Chatbot client so that the associated target can receive notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered |
tag_resource | Associates a set of provided tags with a notification rule |
unsubscribe | Removes an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic so that subscribers to that topic stop receiving notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered |
untag_resource | Removes the association between one or more provided tags and a notification rule |
update_notification_rule | Updates a notification rule for a resource |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- codestarnotifications()
svc$create_notification_rule(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Creates a notification rule for a resource
Description
Creates a notification rule for a resource. The rule specifies the events you want notifications about and the targets (such as Chatbot topics or Chatbot clients configured for Slack) where you want to receive them.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_create_notification_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_create_notification_rule(
Name,
EventTypeIds,
Resource,
Targets,
DetailType,
ClientRequestToken = NULL,
Tags = NULL,
Status = NULL
)
Arguments
Name |
[required] The name for the notification rule. Notification rule names must be unique in your Amazon Web Services account. |
EventTypeIds |
[required] A list of event types associated with this notification rule. For a list of allowed events, see EventTypeSummary. |
Resource |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to associate with the notification rule. Supported resources include pipelines in CodePipeline, repositories in CodeCommit, and build projects in CodeBuild. |
Targets |
[required] A list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Amazon Simple Notification Service topics and Chatbot clients to associate with the notification rule. |
DetailType |
[required] The level of detail to include in the notifications for this resource.
|
ClientRequestToken |
A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request with the same parameters is received and a token is included, the request returns information about the initial request that used that token. The Amazon Web Services SDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK, an idempotency token is created for you. |
Tags |
A list of tags to apply to this notification rule. Key names cannot
start with " |
Status |
The status of the notification rule. The default value is |
Deletes a notification rule for a resource
Description
Deletes a notification rule for a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_delete_notification_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_delete_notification_rule(Arn)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule you want to delete. |
Deletes a specified target for notifications
Description
Deletes a specified target for notifications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_delete_target/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_delete_target(TargetAddress, ForceUnsubscribeAll = NULL)
Arguments
TargetAddress |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Chatbot topic or Chatbot client to delete. |
ForceUnsubscribeAll |
A Boolean value that can be used to delete all associations with this Chatbot topic. The default value is FALSE. If set to TRUE, all associations between that target and every notification rule in your Amazon Web Services account are deleted. |
Returns information about a specified notification rule
Description
Returns information about a specified notification rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_describe_notification_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_describe_notification_rule(Arn)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule. |
Returns information about the event types available for configuring notifications
Description
Returns information about the event types available for configuring notifications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_event_types/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_list_event_types(
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters to use to return information by service or resource type. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
MaxResults |
A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The default number is 50. The maximum number of results that can be returned is 100. |
Returns a list of the notification rules for an Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of the notification rules for an Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_notification_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_list_notification_rules(
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters to use to return information by service or resource type. For valid values, see ListNotificationRulesFilter. A filter with the same name can appear more than once when used with OR statements. Filters with different names should be applied with AND statements. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
MaxResults |
A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The maximum number of results that can be returned is 100. |
Returns a list of the tags associated with a notification rule
Description
Returns a list of the tags associated with a notification rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_list_tags_for_resource(Arn)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the notification rule. |
Returns a list of the notification rule targets for an Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of the notification rule targets for an Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_list_targets/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_list_targets(
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters to use to return information by service or resource type. Valid filters include target type, target address, and target status. A filter with the same name can appear more than once when used with OR statements. Filters with different names should be applied with AND statements. |
NextToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
MaxResults |
A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The maximum number of results that can be returned is 100. |
Creates an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic or Chatbot client so that the associated target can receive notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered
Description
Creates an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic or Chatbot client so that the associated target can receive notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_subscribe/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_subscribe(Arn, Target, ClientRequestToken = NULL)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule for which you want to create the association. |
Target |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch of the results. |
Associates a set of provided tags with a notification rule
Description
Associates a set of provided tags with a notification rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_tag_resource(Arn, Tags)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule to tag. |
Tags |
[required] The list of tags to associate with the resource. Tag key names cannot
start with " |
Removes an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic so that subscribers to that topic stop receiving notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered
Description
Removes an association between a notification rule and an Chatbot topic so that subscribers to that topic stop receiving notifications when the events described in the rule are triggered.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_unsubscribe/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_unsubscribe(Arn, TargetAddress)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule. |
TargetAddress |
[required] The ARN of the Chatbot topic to unsubscribe from the notification rule. |
Removes the association between one or more provided tags and a notification rule
Description
Removes the association between one or more provided tags and a notification rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_untag_resource(Arn, TagKeys)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule from which to remove the tags. |
TagKeys |
[required] The key names of the tags to remove. |
Updates a notification rule for a resource
Description
Updates a notification rule for a resource. You can change the events that trigger the notification rule, the status of the rule, and the targets that receive the notifications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/codestarnotifications_update_notification_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
codestarnotifications_update_notification_rule(
Arn,
Name = NULL,
Status = NULL,
EventTypeIds = NULL,
Targets = NULL,
DetailType = NULL
)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification rule. |
Name |
The name of the notification rule. |
Status |
The status of the notification rule. Valid statuses include enabled (sending notifications) or disabled (not sending notifications). |
EventTypeIds |
A list of event types associated with this notification rule. For a complete list of event types and IDs, see Notification concepts in the Developer Tools Console User Guide. |
Targets |
The address and type of the targets to receive notifications from this notification rule. |
DetailType |
The level of detail to include in the notifications for this resource. BASIC will include only the contents of the event as it would appear in Amazon CloudWatch. FULL will include any supplemental information provided by AWS CodeStar Notifications and/or the service for the resource for which the notification is created. |
Amazon DevOps Guru
Description
Amazon DevOps Guru is a fully managed service that helps you identify anomalous behavior in business critical operational applications. You specify the Amazon Web Services resources that you want DevOps Guru to cover, then the Amazon CloudWatch metrics and Amazon Web Services CloudTrail events related to those resources are analyzed. When anomalous behavior is detected, DevOps Guru creates an insight that includes recommendations, related events, and related metrics that can help you improve your operational applications. For more information, see What is Amazon DevOps Guru.
You can specify 1 or 2 Amazon Simple Notification Service topics so you are notified every time a new insight is created. You can also enable DevOps Guru to generate an OpsItem in Amazon Web Services Systems Manager for each insight to help you manage and track your work addressing insights.
To learn about the DevOps Guru workflow, see How DevOps Guru works. To learn about DevOps Guru concepts, see Concepts in DevOps Guru.
Usage
devopsguru(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- devopsguru( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
add_notification_channel | Adds a notification channel to DevOps Guru |
delete_insight | Deletes the insight along with the associated anomalies, events and recommendations |
describe_account_health | Returns the number of open reactive insights, the number of open proactive insights, and the number of metrics analyzed in your Amazon Web Services account |
describe_account_overview | For the time range passed in, returns the number of open reactive insight that were created, the number of open proactive insights that were created, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed reactive insights |
describe_anomaly | Returns details about an anomaly that you specify using its ID |
describe_event_sources_config | Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru as Consumer via EventBridge |
describe_feedback | Returns the most recent feedback submitted in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region |
describe_insight | Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID |
describe_organization_health | Returns active insights, predictive insights, and resource hours analyzed in last hour |
describe_organization_overview | Returns an overview of your organization's history based on the specified time range |
describe_organization_resource_collection_health | Provides an overview of your system's health |
describe_resource_collection_health | Returns the number of open proactive insights, open reactive insights, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed insights in resource collections in your account |
describe_service_integration | Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru |
get_cost_estimation | Returns an estimate of the monthly cost for DevOps Guru to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources |
get_resource_collection | Returns lists Amazon Web Services resources that are of the specified resource collection type |
list_anomalies_for_insight | Returns a list of the anomalies that belong to an insight that you specify using its ID |
list_anomalous_log_groups | Returns the list of log groups that contain log anomalies |
list_events | Returns a list of the events emitted by the resources that are evaluated by DevOps Guru |
list_insights | Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_monitored_resources | Returns the list of all log groups that are being monitored and tagged by DevOps Guru |
list_notification_channels | Returns a list of notification channels configured for DevOps Guru |
list_organization_insights | Returns a list of insights associated with the account or OU Id |
list_recommendations | Returns a list of a specified insight's recommendations |
put_feedback | Collects customer feedback about the specified insight |
remove_notification_channel | Removes a notification channel from DevOps Guru |
search_insights | Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account |
search_organization_insights | Returns a list of insights in your organization |
start_cost_estimation | Starts the creation of an estimate of the monthly cost to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources |
update_event_sources_config | Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru |
update_resource_collection | Updates the collection of resources that DevOps Guru analyzes |
update_service_integration | Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- devopsguru()
svc$add_notification_channel(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Adds a notification channel to DevOps Guru
Description
Adds a notification channel to DevOps Guru. A notification channel is used to notify you about important DevOps Guru events, such as when an insight is generated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_add_notification_channel/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_add_notification_channel(Config)
Arguments
Config |
[required] A |
Deletes the insight along with the associated anomalies, events and recommendations
Description
Deletes the insight along with the associated anomalies, events and recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_delete_insight/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_delete_insight(Id)
Arguments
Id |
[required] The ID of the insight. |
Returns the number of open reactive insights, the number of open proactive insights, and the number of metrics analyzed in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns the number of open reactive insights, the number of open proactive insights, and the number of metrics analyzed in your Amazon Web Services account. Use these numbers to gauge the health of operations in your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_account_health/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_account_health()
For the time range passed in, returns the number of open reactive insight that were created, the number of open proactive insights that were created, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed reactive insights
Description
For the time range passed in, returns the number of open reactive insight that were created, the number of open proactive insights that were created, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed reactive insights.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_account_overview/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_account_overview(FromTime, ToTime = NULL)
Arguments
FromTime |
[required] The start of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred after this day. |
ToTime |
The end of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred before this day. If this is not specified, then the current day is used. |
Returns details about an anomaly that you specify using its ID
Description
Returns details about an anomaly that you specify using its ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_anomaly/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_anomaly(Id, AccountId = NULL)
Arguments
Id |
[required] The ID of the anomaly. |
AccountId |
The ID of the member account. |
Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru as Consumer via EventBridge
Description
Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru as Consumer via EventBridge. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon CodeGuru Profiler, which can produce proactive recommendations which can be stored and viewed in DevOps Guru.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_event_sources_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_event_sources_config()
Returns the most recent feedback submitted in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region
Description
Returns the most recent feedback submitted in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_feedback/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_feedback(InsightId = NULL)
Arguments
InsightId |
The ID of the insight for which the feedback was provided. |
Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID
Description
Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_insight/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_insight(Id, AccountId = NULL)
Arguments
Id |
[required] The ID of the insight. |
AccountId |
The ID of the member account in the organization. |
Returns active insights, predictive insights, and resource hours analyzed in last hour
Description
Returns active insights, predictive insights, and resource hours analyzed in last hour.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_organization_health/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_organization_health(
AccountIds = NULL,
OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL
)
Arguments
AccountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
OrganizationalUnitIds |
The ID of the organizational unit. |
Returns an overview of your organization's history based on the specified time range
Description
Returns an overview of your organization's history based on the specified time range. The overview includes the total reactive and proactive insights.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_organization_overview/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_organization_overview(
FromTime,
ToTime = NULL,
AccountIds = NULL,
OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL
)
Arguments
FromTime |
[required] The start of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred after this day. |
ToTime |
The end of the time range passed in. The start time granularity is at the day level. The floor of the start time is used. Returned information occurred before this day. If this is not specified, then the current day is used. |
AccountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
OrganizationalUnitIds |
The ID of the organizational unit. |
Provides an overview of your system's health
Description
Provides an overview of your system's health. If additional member accounts are part of your organization, you can filter those accounts using the AccountIds
field.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_organization_resource_collection_health/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_organization_resource_collection_health(
OrganizationResourceCollectionType,
AccountIds = NULL,
OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
OrganizationResourceCollectionType |
[required] An Amazon Web Services resource collection type. This type specifies how analyzed Amazon Web Services resources are defined. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks. |
AccountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
OrganizationalUnitIds |
The ID of the organizational unit. |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
Returns the number of open proactive insights, open reactive insights, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed insights in resource collections in your account
Description
Returns the number of open proactive insights, open reactive insights, and the Mean Time to Recover (MTTR) for all closed insights in resource collections in your account. You specify the type of Amazon Web Services resources collection. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_resource_collection_health/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_resource_collection_health(
ResourceCollectionType,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ResourceCollectionType |
[required] An Amazon Web Services resource collection type. This type specifies how analyzed Amazon Web Services resources are defined. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks. |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru
Description
Returns the integration status of services that are integrated with DevOps Guru. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, which can be used to create an OpsItem for each generated insight.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_describe_service_integration/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_describe_service_integration()
Returns an estimate of the monthly cost for DevOps Guru to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources
Description
Returns an estimate of the monthly cost for DevOps Guru to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Estimate your Amazon DevOps Guru costs and Amazon DevOps Guru pricing.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_get_cost_estimation/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_get_cost_estimation(NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns lists Amazon Web Services resources that are of the specified resource collection type
Description
Returns lists Amazon Web Services resources that are of the specified resource collection type. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_get_resource_collection/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_get_resource_collection(ResourceCollectionType, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
ResourceCollectionType |
[required] The type of Amazon Web Services resource collections to return. The one
valid value is |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns a list of the anomalies that belong to an insight that you specify using its ID
Description
Returns a list of the anomalies that belong to an insight that you specify using its ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_anomalies_for_insight/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_anomalies_for_insight(
InsightId,
StartTimeRange = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
AccountId = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
InsightId |
[required] The ID of the insight. The returned anomalies belong to this insight. |
StartTimeRange |
A time range used to specify when the requested anomalies started. All returned anomalies started during this time range. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
AccountId |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
Filters |
Specifies one or more service names that are used to list anomalies. |
Returns the list of log groups that contain log anomalies
Description
Returns the list of log groups that contain log anomalies.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_anomalous_log_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_anomalous_log_groups(
InsightId,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
InsightId |
[required] The ID of the insight containing the log groups. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns a list of the events emitted by the resources that are evaluated by DevOps Guru
Description
Returns a list of the events emitted by the resources that are evaluated by DevOps Guru. You can use filters to specify which events are returned.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_events/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_events(
Filters,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
AccountId = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
[required] A |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
AccountId |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account. You can specify which insights are returned by their start time and status (ONGOING
, CLOSED
, or ANY
).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_insights/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_insights(StatusFilter, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
StatusFilter |
[required] A filter used to filter the returned insights by their status. You can specify one status filter. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns the list of all log groups that are being monitored and tagged by DevOps Guru
Description
Returns the list of all log groups that are being monitored and tagged by DevOps Guru.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_monitored_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_monitored_resources(
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
Filters to determine which monitored resources you want to retrieve. You can filter by resource type or resource permission status. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns a list of notification channels configured for DevOps Guru
Description
Returns a list of notification channels configured for DevOps Guru. Each notification channel is used to notify you when DevOps Guru generates an insight that contains information about how to improve your operations. The one supported notification channel is Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_notification_channels/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_notification_channels(NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns a list of insights associated with the account or OU Id
Description
Returns a list of insights associated with the account or OU Id.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_organization_insights/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_organization_insights(
StatusFilter,
MaxResults = NULL,
AccountIds = NULL,
OrganizationalUnitIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
StatusFilter |
[required] |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
AccountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
OrganizationalUnitIds |
The ID of the organizational unit. |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Returns a list of a specified insight's recommendations
Description
Returns a list of a specified insight's recommendations. Each recommendation includes a list of related metrics and a list of related events.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_list_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_list_recommendations(
InsightId,
NextToken = NULL,
Locale = NULL,
AccountId = NULL
)
Arguments
InsightId |
[required] The ID of the requested insight. |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Locale |
A locale that specifies the language to use for recommendations. |
AccountId |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
Collects customer feedback about the specified insight
Description
Collects customer feedback about the specified insight.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_put_feedback/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_put_feedback(InsightFeedback = NULL)
Arguments
InsightFeedback |
The feedback from customers is about the recommendations in this insight. |
Removes a notification channel from DevOps Guru
Description
Removes a notification channel from DevOps Guru. A notification channel is used to notify you when DevOps Guru generates an insight that contains information about how to improve your operations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_remove_notification_channel/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_remove_notification_channel(Id)
Arguments
Id |
[required] The ID of the notification channel to be removed. |
Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of insights in your Amazon Web Services account. You can specify which insights are returned by their start time, one or more statuses (ONGOING
or CLOSED
), one or more severities (LOW
, MEDIUM
, and HIGH
), and type (REACTIVE
or PROACTIVE
).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_search_insights/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_search_insights(
StartTimeRange,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Type
)
Arguments
StartTimeRange |
[required] The start of the time range passed in. Returned insights occurred after this time. |
Filters |
A |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Type |
[required] The type of insights you are searching for ( |
Returns a list of insights in your organization
Description
Returns a list of insights in your organization. You can specify which insights are returned by their start time, one or more statuses (ONGOING
, CLOSED
, and CLOSED
), one or more severities (LOW
, MEDIUM
, and HIGH
), and type (REACTIVE
or PROACTIVE
).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_search_organization_insights/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_search_organization_insights(
AccountIds,
StartTimeRange,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Type
)
Arguments
AccountIds |
[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account. |
StartTimeRange |
[required] |
Filters |
A |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page. |
Type |
[required] The type of insights you are searching for ( |
Starts the creation of an estimate of the monthly cost to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources
Description
Starts the creation of an estimate of the monthly cost to analyze your Amazon Web Services resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_start_cost_estimation/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_start_cost_estimation(ResourceCollection, ClientToken = NULL)
Arguments
ResourceCollection |
[required] The collection of Amazon Web Services resources used to create a monthly DevOps Guru cost estimate. |
ClientToken |
The idempotency token used to identify each cost estimate request. |
Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru
Description
Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon CodeGuru Profiler, which can produce proactive recommendations which can be stored and viewed in DevOps Guru.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_update_event_sources_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_update_event_sources_config(EventSources = NULL)
Arguments
EventSources |
Configuration information about the integration of DevOps Guru as the Consumer via EventBridge with another AWS Service. |
Updates the collection of resources that DevOps Guru analyzes
Description
Updates the collection of resources that DevOps Guru analyzes. The two types of Amazon Web Services resource collections supported are Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks and Amazon Web Services resources that contain the same Amazon Web Services tag. DevOps Guru can be configured to analyze the Amazon Web Services resources that are defined in the stacks or that are tagged using the same tag key. You can specify up to 500 Amazon Web Services CloudFormation stacks. This method also creates the IAM role required for you to use DevOps Guru.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_update_resource_collection/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_update_resource_collection(Action, ResourceCollection)
Arguments
Action |
[required] Specifies if the resource collection in the request is added or deleted to the resource collection. |
ResourceCollection |
[required] |
Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru
Description
Enables or disables integration with a service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru. The one service that can be integrated with DevOps Guru is Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, which can be used to create an OpsItem for each generated insight.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/devopsguru_update_service_integration/ for full documentation.
Usage
devopsguru_update_service_integration(ServiceIntegration)
Arguments
ServiceIntegration |
[required] An |
Elastic Disaster Recovery Service
Description
AWS Elastic Disaster Recovery Service.
Usage
drs(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- drs( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
associate_source_network_stack | Associate a Source Network to an existing CloudFormation Stack and modify launch templates to use this network |
create_extended_source_server | Create an extended source server in the target Account based on the source server in staging account |
create_launch_configuration_template | Creates a new Launch Configuration Template |
create_replication_configuration_template | Creates a new ReplicationConfigurationTemplate |
create_source_network | Create a new Source Network resource for a provided VPC ID |
delete_job | Deletes a single Job by ID |
delete_launch_action | Deletes a resource launch action |
delete_launch_configuration_template | Deletes a single Launch Configuration Template by ID |
delete_recovery_instance | Deletes a single Recovery Instance by ID |
delete_replication_configuration_template | Deletes a single Replication Configuration Template by ID |
delete_source_network | Delete Source Network resource |
delete_source_server | Deletes a single Source Server by ID |
describe_job_log_items | Retrieves a detailed Job log with pagination |
describe_jobs | Returns a list of Jobs |
describe_launch_configuration_templates | Lists all Launch Configuration Templates, filtered by Launch Configuration Template IDs |
describe_recovery_instances | Lists all Recovery Instances or multiple Recovery Instances by ID |
describe_recovery_snapshots | Lists all Recovery Snapshots for a single Source Server |
describe_replication_configuration_templates | Lists all ReplicationConfigurationTemplates, filtered by Source Server IDs |
describe_source_networks | Lists all Source Networks or multiple Source Networks filtered by ID |
describe_source_servers | Lists all Source Servers or multiple Source Servers filtered by ID |
disconnect_recovery_instance | Disconnect a Recovery Instance from Elastic Disaster Recovery |
disconnect_source_server | Disconnects a specific Source Server from Elastic Disaster Recovery |
export_source_network_cfn_template | Export the Source Network CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket |
get_failback_replication_configuration | Lists all Failback ReplicationConfigurations, filtered by Recovery Instance ID |
get_launch_configuration | Gets a LaunchConfiguration, filtered by Source Server IDs |
get_replication_configuration | Gets a ReplicationConfiguration, filtered by Source Server ID |
initialize_service | Initialize Elastic Disaster Recovery |
list_extensible_source_servers | Returns a list of source servers on a staging account that are extensible, which means that: a |
list_launch_actions | Lists resource launch actions |
list_staging_accounts | Returns an array of staging accounts for existing extended source servers |
list_tags_for_resource | List all tags for your Elastic Disaster Recovery resources |
put_launch_action | Puts a resource launch action |
retry_data_replication | WARNING: RetryDataReplication is deprecated |
reverse_replication | Start replication to origin / target region - applies only to protected instances that originated in EC2 |
start_failback_launch | Initiates a Job for launching the machine that is being failed back to from the specified Recovery Instance |
start_recovery | Launches Recovery Instances for the specified Source Servers |
start_replication | Starts replication for a stopped Source Server |
start_source_network_recovery | Deploy VPC for the specified Source Network and modify launch templates to use this network |
start_source_network_replication | Starts replication for a Source Network |
stop_failback | Stops the failback process for a specified Recovery Instance |
stop_replication | Stops replication for a Source Server |
stop_source_network_replication | Stops replication for a Source Network |
tag_resource | Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Elastic Disaster Recovery resource or resources |
terminate_recovery_instances | Initiates a Job for terminating the EC2 resources associated with the specified Recovery Instances, and then will delete the Recovery Instances from the Elastic Disaster Recovery service |
untag_resource | Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of Elastic Disaster Recovery resources |
update_failback_replication_configuration | Allows you to update the failback replication configuration of a Recovery Instance by ID |
update_launch_configuration | Updates a LaunchConfiguration by Source Server ID |
update_launch_configuration_template | Updates an existing Launch Configuration Template by ID |
update_replication_configuration | Allows you to update a ReplicationConfiguration by Source Server ID |
update_replication_configuration_template | Updates a ReplicationConfigurationTemplate by ID |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- drs()
svc$associate_source_network_stack(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Associate a Source Network to an existing CloudFormation Stack and modify launch templates to use this network
Description
Associate a Source Network to an existing CloudFormation Stack and modify launch templates to use this network. Can be used for reverting to previously deployed CloudFormation stacks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_associate_source_network_stack/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_associate_source_network_stack(cfnStackName, sourceNetworkID)
Arguments
cfnStackName |
[required] CloudFormation template to associate with a Source Network. |
sourceNetworkID |
[required] The Source Network ID to associate with CloudFormation template. |
Create an extended source server in the target Account based on the source server in staging account
Description
Create an extended source server in the target Account based on the source server in staging account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_extended_source_server/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_create_extended_source_server(sourceServerArn, tags = NULL)
Arguments
sourceServerArn |
[required] This defines the ARN of the source server in staging Account based on which you want to create an extended source server. |
tags |
A list of tags associated with the extended source server. |
Creates a new Launch Configuration Template
Description
Creates a new Launch Configuration Template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_launch_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_create_launch_configuration_template(
copyPrivateIp = NULL,
copyTags = NULL,
exportBucketArn = NULL,
launchDisposition = NULL,
launchIntoSourceInstance = NULL,
licensing = NULL,
postLaunchEnabled = NULL,
tags = NULL,
targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod = NULL
)
Arguments
copyPrivateIp |
Copy private IP. |
copyTags |
Copy tags. |
exportBucketArn |
S3 bucket ARN to export Source Network templates. |
launchDisposition |
Launch disposition. |
launchIntoSourceInstance |
DRS will set the 'launch into instance ID' of any source server when performing a drill, recovery or failback to the previous region or availability zone, using the instance ID of the source instance. |
licensing |
Licensing. |
postLaunchEnabled |
Whether we want to activate post-launch actions. |
tags |
Request to associate tags during creation of a Launch Configuration Template. |
targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod |
Target instance type right-sizing method. |
Creates a new ReplicationConfigurationTemplate
Description
Creates a new ReplicationConfigurationTemplate.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_replication_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_create_replication_configuration_template(
associateDefaultSecurityGroup,
autoReplicateNewDisks = NULL,
bandwidthThrottling,
createPublicIP,
dataPlaneRouting,
defaultLargeStagingDiskType,
ebsEncryption,
ebsEncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
pitPolicy,
replicationServerInstanceType,
replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs,
stagingAreaSubnetId,
stagingAreaTags,
tags = NULL,
useDedicatedReplicationServer
)
Arguments
associateDefaultSecurityGroup |
[required] Whether to associate the default Elastic Disaster Recovery Security group with the Replication Configuration Template. |
autoReplicateNewDisks |
Whether to allow the AWS replication agent to automatically replicate newly added disks. |
bandwidthThrottling |
[required] Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Source Server in Mbps. |
createPublicIP |
[required] Whether to create a Public IP for the Recovery Instance by default. |
dataPlaneRouting |
[required] The data plane routing mechanism that will be used for replication. |
defaultLargeStagingDiskType |
[required] The Staging Disk EBS volume type to be used during replication. |
ebsEncryption |
[required] The type of EBS encryption to be used during replication. |
ebsEncryptionKeyArn |
The ARN of the EBS encryption key to be used during replication. |
pitPolicy |
[required] The Point in time (PIT) policy to manage snapshots taken during replication. |
replicationServerInstanceType |
[required] The instance type to be used for the replication server. |
replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs |
[required] The security group IDs that will be used by the replication server. |
stagingAreaSubnetId |
[required] The subnet to be used by the replication staging area. |
stagingAreaTags |
[required] A set of tags to be associated with all resources created in the replication staging area: EC2 replication server, EBS volumes, EBS snapshots, etc. |
tags |
A set of tags to be associated with the Replication Configuration Template resource. |
useDedicatedReplicationServer |
[required] Whether to use a dedicated Replication Server in the replication staging area. |
Create a new Source Network resource for a provided VPC ID
Description
Create a new Source Network resource for a provided VPC ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_create_source_network/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_create_source_network(originAccountID, originRegion, tags = NULL, vpcID)
Arguments
originAccountID |
[required] Account containing the VPC to protect. |
originRegion |
[required] Region containing the VPC to protect. |
tags |
A set of tags to be associated with the Source Network resource. |
vpcID |
[required] Which VPC ID to protect. |
Deletes a single Job by ID
Description
Deletes a single Job by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_delete_job(jobID)
Arguments
jobID |
[required] The ID of the Job to be deleted. |
Deletes a resource launch action
Description
Deletes a resource launch action.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_launch_action/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_delete_launch_action(actionId, resourceId)
Arguments
actionId |
[required] |
resourceId |
[required] |
Deletes a single Launch Configuration Template by ID
Description
Deletes a single Launch Configuration Template by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_launch_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_delete_launch_configuration_template(launchConfigurationTemplateID)
Arguments
launchConfigurationTemplateID |
[required] The ID of the Launch Configuration Template to be deleted. |
Deletes a single Recovery Instance by ID
Description
Deletes a single Recovery Instance by ID. This deletes the Recovery Instance resource from Elastic Disaster Recovery. The Recovery Instance must be disconnected first in order to delete it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_recovery_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_delete_recovery_instance(recoveryInstanceID)
Arguments
recoveryInstanceID |
[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance to be deleted. |
Deletes a single Replication Configuration Template by ID
Description
Deletes a single Replication Configuration Template by ID
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_replication_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_delete_replication_configuration_template(
replicationConfigurationTemplateID
)
Arguments
replicationConfigurationTemplateID |
[required] The ID of the Replication Configuration Template to be deleted. |
Delete Source Network resource
Description
Delete Source Network resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_source_network/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_delete_source_network(sourceNetworkID)
Arguments
sourceNetworkID |
[required] ID of the Source Network to delete. |
Deletes a single Source Server by ID
Description
Deletes a single Source Server by ID. The Source Server must be disconnected first.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_delete_source_server/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_delete_source_server(sourceServerID)
Arguments
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server to be deleted. |
Retrieves a detailed Job log with pagination
Description
Retrieves a detailed Job log with pagination.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_job_log_items/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_job_log_items(jobID, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
jobID |
[required] The ID of the Job for which Job log items will be retrieved. |
maxResults |
Maximum number of Job log items to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Job log items to retrieve. |
Returns a list of Jobs
Description
Returns a list of Jobs. Use the JobsID and fromDate and toDate filters to limit which jobs are returned. The response is sorted by creationDataTime - latest date first. Jobs are created by the StartRecovery, TerminateRecoveryInstances and StartFailbackLaunch APIs. Jobs are also created by DiagnosticLaunch and TerminateDiagnosticInstances, which are APIs available only to Support and only used in response to relevant support tickets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_jobs/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_jobs(filters = NULL, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
filters |
A set of filters by which to return Jobs. |
maxResults |
Maximum number of Jobs to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Job to retrieve. |
Lists all Launch Configuration Templates, filtered by Launch Configuration Template IDs
Description
Lists all Launch Configuration Templates, filtered by Launch Configuration Template IDs
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_launch_configuration_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_launch_configuration_templates(
launchConfigurationTemplateIDs = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
launchConfigurationTemplateIDs |
Request to filter Launch Configuration Templates list by Launch Configuration Template ID. |
maxResults |
Maximum results to be returned in DescribeLaunchConfigurationTemplates. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Launch Configuration Template to retrieve. |
Lists all Recovery Instances or multiple Recovery Instances by ID
Description
Lists all Recovery Instances or multiple Recovery Instances by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_recovery_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_recovery_instances(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
A set of filters by which to return Recovery Instances. |
maxResults |
Maximum number of Recovery Instances to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Recovery Instance to retrieve. |
Lists all Recovery Snapshots for a single Source Server
Description
Lists all Recovery Snapshots for a single Source Server.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_recovery_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_recovery_snapshots(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
order = NULL,
sourceServerID
)
Arguments
filters |
A set of filters by which to return Recovery Snapshots. |
maxResults |
Maximum number of Recovery Snapshots to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Recovery Snapshot to retrieve. |
order |
The sorted ordering by which to return Recovery Snapshots. |
sourceServerID |
[required] Filter Recovery Snapshots by Source Server ID. |
Lists all ReplicationConfigurationTemplates, filtered by Source Server IDs
Description
Lists all ReplicationConfigurationTemplates, filtered by Source Server IDs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_replication_configuration_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_replication_configuration_templates(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
replicationConfigurationTemplateIDs = NULL
)
Arguments
maxResults |
Maximum number of Replication Configuration Templates to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Replication Configuration Template to retrieve. |
replicationConfigurationTemplateIDs |
The IDs of the Replication Configuration Templates to retrieve. An empty list means all Replication Configuration Templates. |
Lists all Source Networks or multiple Source Networks filtered by ID
Description
Lists all Source Networks or multiple Source Networks filtered by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_source_networks/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_source_networks(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
A set of filters by which to return Source Networks. |
maxResults |
Maximum number of Source Networks to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Source Networks to retrieve. |
Lists all Source Servers or multiple Source Servers filtered by ID
Description
Lists all Source Servers or multiple Source Servers filtered by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_describe_source_servers/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_describe_source_servers(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
A set of filters by which to return Source Servers. |
maxResults |
Maximum number of Source Servers to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next Source Server to retrieve. |
Disconnect a Recovery Instance from Elastic Disaster Recovery
Description
Disconnect a Recovery Instance from Elastic Disaster Recovery. Data replication is stopped immediately. All AWS resources created by Elastic Disaster Recovery for enabling the replication of the Recovery Instance will be terminated / deleted within 90 minutes. If the agent on the Recovery Instance has not been prevented from communicating with the Elastic Disaster Recovery service, then it will receive a command to uninstall itself (within approximately 10 minutes). The following properties of the Recovery Instance will be changed immediately: dataReplicationInfo.dataReplicationState will be set to DISCONNECTED; The totalStorageBytes property for each of dataReplicationInfo.replicatedDisks will be set to zero; dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration and dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration will be nullified.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_disconnect_recovery_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_disconnect_recovery_instance(recoveryInstanceID)
Arguments
recoveryInstanceID |
[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance to disconnect. |
Disconnects a specific Source Server from Elastic Disaster Recovery
Description
Disconnects a specific Source Server from Elastic Disaster Recovery. Data replication is stopped immediately. All AWS resources created by Elastic Disaster Recovery for enabling the replication of the Source Server will be terminated / deleted within 90 minutes. You cannot disconnect a Source Server if it has a Recovery Instance. If the agent on the Source Server has not been prevented from communicating with the Elastic Disaster Recovery service, then it will receive a command to uninstall itself (within approximately 10 minutes). The following properties of the SourceServer will be changed immediately: dataReplicationInfo.dataReplicationState will be set to DISCONNECTED; The totalStorageBytes property for each of dataReplicationInfo.replicatedDisks will be set to zero; dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration and dataReplicationInfo.lagDuration will be nullified.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_disconnect_source_server/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_disconnect_source_server(sourceServerID)
Arguments
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server to disconnect. |
Export the Source Network CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket
Description
Export the Source Network CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_export_source_network_cfn_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_export_source_network_cfn_template(sourceNetworkID)
Arguments
sourceNetworkID |
[required] The Source Network ID to export its CloudFormation template to an S3 bucket. |
Lists all Failback ReplicationConfigurations, filtered by Recovery Instance ID
Description
Lists all Failback ReplicationConfigurations, filtered by Recovery Instance ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_get_failback_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_get_failback_replication_configuration(recoveryInstanceID)
Arguments
recoveryInstanceID |
[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance whose failback replication configuration should be returned. |
Gets a LaunchConfiguration, filtered by Source Server IDs
Description
Gets a LaunchConfiguration, filtered by Source Server IDs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_get_launch_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_get_launch_configuration(sourceServerID)
Arguments
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server that we want to retrieve a Launch Configuration for. |
Gets a ReplicationConfiguration, filtered by Source Server ID
Description
Gets a ReplicationConfiguration, filtered by Source Server ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_get_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_get_replication_configuration(sourceServerID)
Arguments
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Serve for this Replication Configuration.r |
Initialize Elastic Disaster Recovery
Description
Initialize Elastic Disaster Recovery.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_initialize_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_initialize_service()
Returns a list of source servers on a staging account that are extensible, which means that: a
Description
Returns a list of source servers on a staging account that are extensible, which means that: a. The source server is not already extended into this Account. b. The source server on the Account we’re reading from is not an extension of another source server.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_extensible_source_servers/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_list_extensible_source_servers(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
stagingAccountID
)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of extensible source servers to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next extensible source server to retrieve. |
stagingAccountID |
[required] The Id of the staging Account to retrieve extensible source servers from. |
Lists resource launch actions
Description
Lists resource launch actions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_launch_actions/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_list_launch_actions(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
resourceId
)
Arguments
filters |
Filters to apply when listing resource launch actions. |
maxResults |
Maximum amount of items to return when listing resource launch actions. |
nextToken |
Next token to use when listing resource launch actions. |
resourceId |
[required] |
Returns an array of staging accounts for existing extended source servers
Description
Returns an array of staging accounts for existing extended source servers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_staging_accounts/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_list_staging_accounts(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of staging Accounts to retrieve. |
nextToken |
The token of the next staging Account to retrieve. |
List all tags for your Elastic Disaster Recovery resources
Description
List all tags for your Elastic Disaster Recovery resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the resource whose tags should be returned. |
Puts a resource launch action
Description
Puts a resource launch action.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_put_launch_action/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_put_launch_action(
actionCode,
actionId,
actionVersion,
active,
category,
description,
name,
optional,
order,
parameters = NULL,
resourceId
)
Arguments
actionCode |
[required] Launch action code. |
actionId |
[required] |
actionVersion |
[required] |
active |
[required] Whether the launch action is active. |
category |
[required] |
description |
[required] |
name |
[required] |
optional |
[required] Whether the launch will not be marked as failed if this action fails. |
order |
[required] |
parameters |
|
resourceId |
[required] |
WARNING: RetryDataReplication is deprecated
Description
WARNING: RetryDataReplication is deprecated. Causes the data replication initiation sequence to begin immediately upon next Handshake for the specified Source Server ID, regardless of when the previous initiation started. This command will work only if the Source Server is stalled or is in a DISCONNECTED or STOPPED state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_retry_data_replication/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_retry_data_replication(sourceServerID)
Arguments
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server whose data replication should be retried. |
Start replication to origin / target region - applies only to protected instances that originated in EC2
Description
Start replication to origin / target region - applies only to protected instances that originated in EC2. For recovery instances on target region - starts replication back to origin region. For failback instances on origin region - starts replication to target region to re-protect them.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_reverse_replication/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_reverse_replication(recoveryInstanceID)
Arguments
recoveryInstanceID |
[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance that we want to reverse the replication for. |
Initiates a Job for launching the machine that is being failed back to from the specified Recovery Instance
Description
Initiates a Job for launching the machine that is being failed back to from the specified Recovery Instance. This will run conversion on the failback client and will reboot your machine, thus completing the failback process.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_failback_launch/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_start_failback_launch(recoveryInstanceIDs, tags = NULL)
Arguments
recoveryInstanceIDs |
[required] The IDs of the Recovery Instance whose failback launch we want to request. |
tags |
The tags to be associated with the failback launch Job. |
Launches Recovery Instances for the specified Source Servers
Description
Launches Recovery Instances for the specified Source Servers. For each Source Server you may choose a point in time snapshot to launch from, or use an on demand snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_recovery/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_start_recovery(isDrill = NULL, sourceServers, tags = NULL)
Arguments
isDrill |
Whether this Source Server Recovery operation is a drill or not. |
sourceServers |
[required] The Source Servers that we want to start a Recovery Job for. |
tags |
The tags to be associated with the Recovery Job. |
Starts replication for a stopped Source Server
Description
Starts replication for a stopped Source Server. This action would make the Source Server protected again and restart billing for it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_replication/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_start_replication(sourceServerID)
Arguments
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server to start replication for. |
Deploy VPC for the specified Source Network and modify launch templates to use this network
Description
Deploy VPC for the specified Source Network and modify launch templates to use this network. The VPC will be deployed using a dedicated CloudFormation stack.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_source_network_recovery/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_start_source_network_recovery(
deployAsNew = NULL,
sourceNetworks,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
deployAsNew |
Don't update existing CloudFormation Stack, recover the network using a new stack. |
sourceNetworks |
[required] The Source Networks that we want to start a Recovery Job for. |
tags |
The tags to be associated with the Source Network recovery Job. |
Starts replication for a Source Network
Description
Starts replication for a Source Network. This action would make the Source Network protected.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_start_source_network_replication/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_start_source_network_replication(sourceNetworkID)
Arguments
sourceNetworkID |
[required] ID of the Source Network to replicate. |
Stops the failback process for a specified Recovery Instance
Description
Stops the failback process for a specified Recovery Instance. This changes the Failback State of the Recovery Instance back to FAILBACK_NOT_STARTED.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_stop_failback/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_stop_failback(recoveryInstanceID)
Arguments
recoveryInstanceID |
[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance we want to stop failback for. |
Stops replication for a Source Server
Description
Stops replication for a Source Server. This action would make the Source Server unprotected, delete its existing snapshots and stop billing for it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_stop_replication/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_stop_replication(sourceServerID)
Arguments
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server to stop replication for. |
Stops replication for a Source Network
Description
Stops replication for a Source Network. This action would make the Source Network unprotected.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_stop_source_network_replication/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_stop_source_network_replication(sourceNetworkID)
Arguments
sourceNetworkID |
[required] ID of the Source Network to stop replication. |
Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Elastic Disaster Recovery resource or resources
Description
Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Elastic Disaster Recovery resource or resources. When you specify an existing tag key, the value is overwritten with the new value. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] ARN of the resource for which tags are to be added or updated. |
tags |
[required] Array of tags to be added or updated. |
Initiates a Job for terminating the EC2 resources associated with the specified Recovery Instances, and then will delete the Recovery Instances from the Elastic Disaster Recovery service
Description
Initiates a Job for terminating the EC2 resources associated with the specified Recovery Instances, and then will delete the Recovery Instances from the Elastic Disaster Recovery service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_terminate_recovery_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_terminate_recovery_instances(recoveryInstanceIDs)
Arguments
recoveryInstanceIDs |
[required] The IDs of the Recovery Instances that should be terminated. |
Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of Elastic Disaster Recovery resources
Description
Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of Elastic Disaster Recovery resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] ARN of the resource for which tags are to be removed. |
tagKeys |
[required] Array of tags to be removed. |
Allows you to update the failback replication configuration of a Recovery Instance by ID
Description
Allows you to update the failback replication configuration of a Recovery Instance by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_failback_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_update_failback_replication_configuration(
bandwidthThrottling = NULL,
name = NULL,
recoveryInstanceID,
usePrivateIP = NULL
)
Arguments
bandwidthThrottling |
Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Recovery Instance in Mbps. |
name |
The name of the Failback Replication Configuration. |
recoveryInstanceID |
[required] The ID of the Recovery Instance. |
usePrivateIP |
Whether to use Private IP for the failback replication of the Recovery Instance. |
Updates a LaunchConfiguration by Source Server ID
Description
Updates a LaunchConfiguration by Source Server ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_launch_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_update_launch_configuration(
copyPrivateIp = NULL,
copyTags = NULL,
launchDisposition = NULL,
launchIntoInstanceProperties = NULL,
licensing = NULL,
name = NULL,
postLaunchEnabled = NULL,
sourceServerID,
targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod = NULL
)
Arguments
copyPrivateIp |
Whether we should copy the Private IP of the Source Server to the Recovery Instance. |
copyTags |
Whether we want to copy the tags of the Source Server to the EC2 machine of the Recovery Instance. |
launchDisposition |
The state of the Recovery Instance in EC2 after the recovery operation. |
launchIntoInstanceProperties |
Launch into existing instance properties. |
licensing |
The licensing configuration to be used for this launch configuration. |
name |
The name of the launch configuration. |
postLaunchEnabled |
Whether we want to enable post-launch actions for the Source Server. |
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server that we want to retrieve a Launch Configuration for. |
targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod |
Whether Elastic Disaster Recovery should try to automatically choose the instance type that best matches the OS, CPU, and RAM of your Source Server. |
Updates an existing Launch Configuration Template by ID
Description
Updates an existing Launch Configuration Template by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_launch_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_update_launch_configuration_template(
copyPrivateIp = NULL,
copyTags = NULL,
exportBucketArn = NULL,
launchConfigurationTemplateID,
launchDisposition = NULL,
launchIntoSourceInstance = NULL,
licensing = NULL,
postLaunchEnabled = NULL,
targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod = NULL
)
Arguments
copyPrivateIp |
Copy private IP. |
copyTags |
Copy tags. |
exportBucketArn |
S3 bucket ARN to export Source Network templates. |
launchConfigurationTemplateID |
[required] Launch Configuration Template ID. |
launchDisposition |
Launch disposition. |
launchIntoSourceInstance |
DRS will set the 'launch into instance ID' of any source server when performing a drill, recovery or failback to the previous region or availability zone, using the instance ID of the source instance. |
licensing |
Licensing. |
postLaunchEnabled |
Whether we want to activate post-launch actions. |
targetInstanceTypeRightSizingMethod |
Target instance type right-sizing method. |
Allows you to update a ReplicationConfiguration by Source Server ID
Description
Allows you to update a ReplicationConfiguration by Source Server ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_update_replication_configuration(
associateDefaultSecurityGroup = NULL,
autoReplicateNewDisks = NULL,
bandwidthThrottling = NULL,
createPublicIP = NULL,
dataPlaneRouting = NULL,
defaultLargeStagingDiskType = NULL,
ebsEncryption = NULL,
ebsEncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
name = NULL,
pitPolicy = NULL,
replicatedDisks = NULL,
replicationServerInstanceType = NULL,
replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs = NULL,
sourceServerID,
stagingAreaSubnetId = NULL,
stagingAreaTags = NULL,
useDedicatedReplicationServer = NULL
)
Arguments
associateDefaultSecurityGroup |
Whether to associate the default Elastic Disaster Recovery Security group with the Replication Configuration. |
autoReplicateNewDisks |
Whether to allow the AWS replication agent to automatically replicate newly added disks. |
bandwidthThrottling |
Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Source Server in Mbps. |
createPublicIP |
Whether to create a Public IP for the Recovery Instance by default. |
dataPlaneRouting |
The data plane routing mechanism that will be used for replication. |
defaultLargeStagingDiskType |
The Staging Disk EBS volume type to be used during replication. |
ebsEncryption |
The type of EBS encryption to be used during replication. |
ebsEncryptionKeyArn |
The ARN of the EBS encryption key to be used during replication. |
name |
The name of the Replication Configuration. |
pitPolicy |
The Point in time (PIT) policy to manage snapshots taken during replication. |
replicatedDisks |
The configuration of the disks of the Source Server to be replicated. |
replicationServerInstanceType |
The instance type to be used for the replication server. |
replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs |
The security group IDs that will be used by the replication server. |
sourceServerID |
[required] The ID of the Source Server for this Replication Configuration. |
stagingAreaSubnetId |
The subnet to be used by the replication staging area. |
stagingAreaTags |
A set of tags to be associated with all resources created in the replication staging area: EC2 replication server, EBS volumes, EBS snapshots, etc. |
useDedicatedReplicationServer |
Whether to use a dedicated Replication Server in the replication staging area. |
Updates a ReplicationConfigurationTemplate by ID
Description
Updates a ReplicationConfigurationTemplate by ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/drs_update_replication_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
drs_update_replication_configuration_template(
arn = NULL,
associateDefaultSecurityGroup = NULL,
autoReplicateNewDisks = NULL,
bandwidthThrottling = NULL,
createPublicIP = NULL,
dataPlaneRouting = NULL,
defaultLargeStagingDiskType = NULL,
ebsEncryption = NULL,
ebsEncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
pitPolicy = NULL,
replicationConfigurationTemplateID,
replicationServerInstanceType = NULL,
replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs = NULL,
stagingAreaSubnetId = NULL,
stagingAreaTags = NULL,
useDedicatedReplicationServer = NULL
)
Arguments
arn |
The Replication Configuration Template ARN. |
associateDefaultSecurityGroup |
Whether to associate the default Elastic Disaster Recovery Security group with the Replication Configuration Template. |
autoReplicateNewDisks |
Whether to allow the AWS replication agent to automatically replicate newly added disks. |
bandwidthThrottling |
Configure bandwidth throttling for the outbound data transfer rate of the Source Server in Mbps. |
createPublicIP |
Whether to create a Public IP for the Recovery Instance by default. |
dataPlaneRouting |
The data plane routing mechanism that will be used for replication. |
defaultLargeStagingDiskType |
The Staging Disk EBS volume type to be used during replication. |
ebsEncryption |
The type of EBS encryption to be used during replication. |
ebsEncryptionKeyArn |
The ARN of the EBS encryption key to be used during replication. |
pitPolicy |
The Point in time (PIT) policy to manage snapshots taken during replication. |
replicationConfigurationTemplateID |
[required] The Replication Configuration Template ID. |
replicationServerInstanceType |
The instance type to be used for the replication server. |
replicationServersSecurityGroupsIDs |
The security group IDs that will be used by the replication server. |
stagingAreaSubnetId |
The subnet to be used by the replication staging area. |
stagingAreaTags |
A set of tags to be associated with all resources created in the replication staging area: EC2 replication server, EBS volumes, EBS snapshots, etc. |
useDedicatedReplicationServer |
Whether to use a dedicated Replication Server in the replication staging area. |
AWS Fault Injection Simulator
Description
Amazon Web Services Fault Injection Service is a managed service that enables you to perform fault injection experiments on your Amazon Web Services workloads. For more information, see the Fault Injection Service User Guide.
Usage
fis(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- fis( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_experiment_template | Creates an experiment template |
create_target_account_configuration | Creates a target account configuration for the experiment template |
delete_experiment_template | Deletes the specified experiment template |
delete_target_account_configuration | Deletes the specified target account configuration of the experiment template |
get_action | Gets information about the specified FIS action |
get_experiment | Gets information about the specified experiment |
get_experiment_target_account_configuration | Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment |
get_experiment_template | Gets information about the specified experiment template |
get_safety_lever | Gets information about the specified safety lever |
get_target_account_configuration | Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment template |
get_target_resource_type | Gets information about the specified resource type |
list_actions | Lists the available FIS actions |
list_experiment_resolved_targets | Lists the resolved targets information of the specified experiment |
list_experiments | Lists your experiments |
list_experiment_target_account_configurations | Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment |
list_experiment_templates | Lists your experiment templates |
list_tags_for_resource | Lists the tags for the specified resource |
list_target_account_configurations | Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment template |
list_target_resource_types | Lists the target resource types |
start_experiment | Starts running an experiment from the specified experiment template |
stop_experiment | Stops the specified experiment |
tag_resource | Applies the specified tags to the specified resource |
untag_resource | Removes the specified tags from the specified resource |
update_experiment_template | Updates the specified experiment template |
update_safety_lever_state | Updates the specified safety lever state |
update_target_account_configuration | Updates the target account configuration for the specified experiment template |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- fis()
svc$create_experiment_template(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Creates an experiment template
Description
Creates an experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_create_experiment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_create_experiment_template(
clientToken,
description,
stopConditions,
targets = NULL,
actions,
roleArn,
tags = NULL,
logConfiguration = NULL,
experimentOptions = NULL,
experimentReportConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
description |
[required] A description for the experiment template. |
stopConditions |
[required] The stop conditions. |
targets |
The targets for the experiment. |
actions |
[required] The actions for the experiment. |
roleArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that grants the FIS service permission to perform service actions on your behalf. |
tags |
The tags to apply to the experiment template. |
logConfiguration |
The configuration for experiment logging. |
experimentOptions |
The experiment options for the experiment template. |
experimentReportConfiguration |
The experiment report configuration for the experiment template. |
Creates a target account configuration for the experiment template
Description
Creates a target account configuration for the experiment template. A target account configuration is required when accountTargeting
of experimentOptions
is set to multi-account
. For more information, see experiment options in the Fault Injection Service User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_create_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_create_target_account_configuration(
clientToken = NULL,
experimentTemplateId,
accountId,
roleArn,
description = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
experimentTemplateId |
[required] The experiment template ID. |
accountId |
[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account. |
roleArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for the target account. |
description |
The description of the target account. |
Deletes the specified experiment template
Description
Deletes the specified experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_delete_experiment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_delete_experiment_template(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
Deletes the specified target account configuration of the experiment template
Description
Deletes the specified target account configuration of the experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_delete_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_delete_target_account_configuration(experimentTemplateId, accountId)
Arguments
experimentTemplateId |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
accountId |
[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account. |
Gets information about the specified FIS action
Description
Gets information about the specified FIS action.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_action/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_get_action(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the action. |
Gets information about the specified experiment
Description
Gets information about the specified experiment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_experiment/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_get_experiment(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the experiment. |
Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment
Description
Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_experiment_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_get_experiment_target_account_configuration(experimentId, accountId)
Arguments
experimentId |
[required] The ID of the experiment. |
accountId |
[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account. |
Gets information about the specified experiment template
Description
Gets information about the specified experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_experiment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_get_experiment_template(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
Gets information about the specified safety lever
Description
Gets information about the specified safety lever.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_safety_lever/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_get_safety_lever(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the safety lever. |
Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment template
Description
Gets information about the specified target account configuration of the experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_get_target_account_configuration(experimentTemplateId, accountId)
Arguments
experimentTemplateId |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
accountId |
[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account. |
Gets information about the specified resource type
Description
Gets information about the specified resource type.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_get_target_resource_type/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_get_target_resource_type(resourceType)
Arguments
resourceType |
[required] The resource type. |
Lists the available FIS actions
Description
Lists the available FIS actions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_actions/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_actions(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
nextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Lists the resolved targets information of the specified experiment
Description
Lists the resolved targets information of the specified experiment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiment_resolved_targets/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_experiment_resolved_targets(
experimentId,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
targetName = NULL
)
Arguments
experimentId |
[required] The ID of the experiment. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. |
nextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
targetName |
The name of the target. |
Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment
Description
Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiment_target_account_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_experiment_target_account_configurations(
experimentId,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
experimentId |
[required] The ID of the experiment. |
nextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Lists your experiment templates
Description
Lists your experiment templates.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiment_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_experiment_templates(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
nextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Lists your experiments
Description
Lists your experiments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_experiments/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_experiments(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
experimentTemplateId = NULL
)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
nextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
experimentTemplateId |
The ID of the experiment template. |
Lists the tags for the specified resource
Description
Lists the tags for the specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. |
Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment template
Description
Lists the target account configurations of the specified experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_target_account_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_target_account_configurations(
experimentTemplateId,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
experimentTemplateId |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value. |
nextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Lists the target resource types
Description
Lists the target resource types.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_list_target_resource_types/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_list_target_resource_types(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
nextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Starts running an experiment from the specified experiment template
Description
Starts running an experiment from the specified experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_start_experiment/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_start_experiment(
clientToken,
experimentTemplateId,
experimentOptions = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
experimentTemplateId |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
experimentOptions |
The experiment options for running the experiment. |
tags |
The tags to apply to the experiment. |
Stops the specified experiment
Description
Stops the specified experiment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_stop_experiment/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_stop_experiment(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the experiment. |
Applies the specified tags to the specified resource
Description
Applies the specified tags to the specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. |
tags |
[required] The tags for the resource. |
Removes the specified tags from the specified resource
Description
Removes the specified tags from the specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys = NULL)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. |
tagKeys |
The tag keys to remove. |
Updates the specified experiment template
Description
Updates the specified experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_update_experiment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_update_experiment_template(
id,
description = NULL,
stopConditions = NULL,
targets = NULL,
actions = NULL,
roleArn = NULL,
logConfiguration = NULL,
experimentOptions = NULL,
experimentReportConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
description |
A description for the template. |
stopConditions |
The stop conditions for the experiment. |
targets |
The targets for the experiment. |
actions |
The actions for the experiment. |
roleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that grants the FIS service permission to perform service actions on your behalf. |
logConfiguration |
The configuration for experiment logging. |
experimentOptions |
The experiment options for the experiment template. |
experimentReportConfiguration |
The experiment report configuration for the experiment template. |
Updates the specified safety lever state
Description
Updates the specified safety lever state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_update_safety_lever_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_update_safety_lever_state(id, state)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the safety lever. |
state |
[required] The state of the safety lever. |
Updates the target account configuration for the specified experiment template
Description
Updates the target account configuration for the specified experiment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fis_update_target_account_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
fis_update_target_account_configuration(
experimentTemplateId,
accountId,
roleArn = NULL,
description = NULL
)
Arguments
experimentTemplateId |
[required] The ID of the experiment template. |
accountId |
[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the target account. |
roleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for the target account. |
description |
The description of the target account. |
Objects exported from other packages
Description
These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.
- paws.common
config
,credentials
,creds
,list_paginators
,paginate
,paginate_lapply
,paginate_sapply
,paws_stream_parser
AWS Well-Architected Tool
Description
Well-Architected Tool
This is the Well-Architected Tool API Reference. The WA Tool API provides programmatic access to the Well-Architected Tool in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. For information about the Well-Architected Tool, see the Well-Architected Tool User Guide.
Usage
wellarchitected(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- wellarchitected( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
associate_lenses | Associate a lens to a workload |
associate_profiles | Associate a profile with a workload |
create_lens_share | Create a lens share |
create_lens_version | Create a new lens version |
create_milestone | Create a milestone for an existing workload |
create_profile | Create a profile |
create_profile_share | Create a profile share |
create_review_template | Create a review template |
create_template_share | Create a review template share |
create_workload | Create a new workload |
create_workload_share | Create a workload share |
delete_lens | Delete an existing lens |
delete_lens_share | Delete a lens share |
delete_profile | Delete a profile |
delete_profile_share | Delete a profile share |
delete_review_template | Delete a review template |
delete_template_share | Delete a review template share |
delete_workload | Delete an existing workload |
delete_workload_share | Delete a workload share |
disassociate_lenses | Disassociate a lens from a workload |
disassociate_profiles | Disassociate a profile from a workload |
export_lens | Export an existing lens |
get_answer | Get the answer to a specific question in a workload review |
get_consolidated_report | Get a consolidated report of your workloads |
get_global_settings | Global settings for all workloads |
get_lens | Get an existing lens |
get_lens_review | Get lens review |
get_lens_review_report | Get lens review report |
get_lens_version_difference | Get lens version differences |
get_milestone | Get a milestone for an existing workload |
get_profile | Get profile information |
get_profile_template | Get profile template |
get_review_template | Get review template |
get_review_template_answer | Get review template answer |
get_review_template_lens_review | Get a lens review associated with a review template |
get_workload | Get an existing workload |
import_lens | Import a new custom lens or update an existing custom lens |
list_answers | List of answers for a particular workload and lens |
list_check_details | List of Trusted Advisor check details by account related to the workload |
list_check_summaries | List of Trusted Advisor checks summarized for all accounts related to the workload |
list_lenses | List the available lenses |
list_lens_review_improvements | List the improvements of a particular lens review |
list_lens_reviews | List lens reviews for a particular workload |
list_lens_shares | List the lens shares associated with the lens |
list_milestones | List all milestones for an existing workload |
list_notifications | List lens notifications |
list_profile_notifications | List profile notifications |
list_profiles | List profiles |
list_profile_shares | List profile shares |
list_review_template_answers | List the answers of a review template |
list_review_templates | List review templates |
list_share_invitations | List the share invitations |
list_tags_for_resource | List the tags for a resource |
list_template_shares | List review template shares |
list_workloads | Paginated list of workloads |
list_workload_shares | List the workload shares associated with the workload |
tag_resource | Adds one or more tags to the specified resource |
untag_resource | Deletes specified tags from a resource |
update_answer | Update the answer to a specific question in a workload review |
update_global_settings | Update whether the Amazon Web Services account is opted into organization sharing and discovery integration features |
update_integration | Update integration features |
update_lens_review | Update lens review for a particular workload |
update_profile | Update a profile |
update_review_template | Update a review template |
update_review_template_answer | Update a review template answer |
update_review_template_lens_review | Update a lens review associated with a review template |
update_share_invitation | Update a workload or custom lens share invitation |
update_workload | Update an existing workload |
update_workload_share | Update a workload share |
upgrade_lens_review | Upgrade lens review for a particular workload |
upgrade_profile_version | Upgrade a profile |
upgrade_review_template_lens_review | Upgrade the lens review of a review template |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- wellarchitected()
svc$associate_lenses(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Associate a lens to a workload
Description
Associate a lens to a workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_associate_lenses/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_associate_lenses(WorkloadId, LensAliases)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAliases |
[required] |
Associate a profile with a workload
Description
Associate a profile with a workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_associate_profiles/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_associate_profiles(WorkloadId, ProfileArns)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
ProfileArns |
[required] The list of profile ARNs to associate with the workload. |
Create a lens share
Description
Create a lens share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_lens_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_lens_share(LensAlias, SharedWith, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
LensAlias |
[required] |
SharedWith |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Create a new lens version
Description
Create a new lens version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_lens_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_lens_version(
LensAlias,
LensVersion,
IsMajorVersion = NULL,
ClientRequestToken
)
Arguments
LensAlias |
[required] |
LensVersion |
[required] The version of the lens being created. |
IsMajorVersion |
Set to true if this new major lens version. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Create a milestone for an existing workload
Description
Create a milestone for an existing workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_milestone/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_milestone(WorkloadId, MilestoneName, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
MilestoneName |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Create a profile
Description
Create a profile.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_profile(
ProfileName,
ProfileDescription,
ProfileQuestions,
ClientRequestToken,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ProfileName |
[required] Name of the profile. |
ProfileDescription |
[required] The profile description. |
ProfileQuestions |
[required] The profile questions. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Tags |
The tags assigned to the profile. |
Create a profile share
Description
Create a profile share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_profile_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_profile_share(
ProfileArn,
SharedWith,
ClientRequestToken
)
Arguments
ProfileArn |
[required] The profile ARN. |
SharedWith |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Create a review template
Description
Create a review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_review_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_review_template(
TemplateName,
Description,
Lenses,
Notes = NULL,
Tags = NULL,
ClientRequestToken
)
Arguments
TemplateName |
[required] Name of the review template. |
Description |
[required] The review template description. |
Lenses |
[required] Lenses applied to the review template. |
Notes |
|
Tags |
The tags assigned to the review template. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Create a review template share
Description
Create a review template share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_template_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_template_share(
TemplateArn,
SharedWith,
ClientRequestToken
)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
SharedWith |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Create a new workload
Description
Create a new workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_workload/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_workload(
WorkloadName,
Description,
Environment,
AccountIds = NULL,
AwsRegions = NULL,
NonAwsRegions = NULL,
PillarPriorities = NULL,
ArchitecturalDesign = NULL,
ReviewOwner = NULL,
IndustryType = NULL,
Industry = NULL,
Lenses,
Notes = NULL,
ClientRequestToken,
Tags = NULL,
DiscoveryConfig = NULL,
Applications = NULL,
ProfileArns = NULL,
ReviewTemplateArns = NULL,
JiraConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadName |
[required] |
Description |
[required] |
Environment |
[required] |
AccountIds |
|
AwsRegions |
|
NonAwsRegions |
|
PillarPriorities |
|
ArchitecturalDesign |
|
ReviewOwner |
|
IndustryType |
|
Industry |
|
Lenses |
[required] |
Notes |
|
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Tags |
The tags to be associated with the workload. |
DiscoveryConfig |
Well-Architected discovery configuration settings associated to the workload. |
Applications |
List of AppRegistry application ARNs associated to the workload. |
ProfileArns |
The list of profile ARNs associated with the workload. |
ReviewTemplateArns |
The list of review template ARNs to associate with the workload. |
JiraConfiguration |
Jira configuration settings when creating a workload. |
Create a workload share
Description
Create a workload share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_create_workload_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_create_workload_share(
WorkloadId,
SharedWith,
PermissionType,
ClientRequestToken
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
SharedWith |
[required] |
PermissionType |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Delete an existing lens
Description
Delete an existing lens.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_lens/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_lens(LensAlias, ClientRequestToken, LensStatus)
Arguments
LensAlias |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
LensStatus |
[required] The status of the lens to be deleted. |
Delete a lens share
Description
Delete a lens share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_lens_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_lens_share(ShareId, LensAlias, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
ShareId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Delete a profile
Description
Delete a profile.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_profile(ProfileArn, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
ProfileArn |
[required] The profile ARN. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Delete a profile share
Description
Delete a profile share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_profile_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_profile_share(ShareId, ProfileArn, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
ShareId |
[required] |
ProfileArn |
[required] The profile ARN. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Delete a review template
Description
Delete a review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_review_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_review_template(TemplateArn, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Delete a review template share
Description
Delete a review template share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_template_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_template_share(ShareId, TemplateArn, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
ShareId |
[required] |
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Delete an existing workload
Description
Delete an existing workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_workload/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_workload(WorkloadId, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Delete a workload share
Description
Delete a workload share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_delete_workload_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_delete_workload_share(ShareId, WorkloadId, ClientRequestToken)
Arguments
ShareId |
[required] |
WorkloadId |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Disassociate a lens from a workload
Description
Disassociate a lens from a workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_disassociate_lenses/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_disassociate_lenses(WorkloadId, LensAliases)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAliases |
[required] |
Disassociate a profile from a workload
Description
Disassociate a profile from a workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_disassociate_profiles/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_disassociate_profiles(WorkloadId, ProfileArns)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
ProfileArns |
[required] The list of profile ARNs to disassociate from the workload. |
Export an existing lens
Description
Export an existing lens.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_export_lens/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_export_lens(LensAlias, LensVersion = NULL)
Arguments
LensAlias |
[required] |
LensVersion |
The lens version to be exported. |
Get the answer to a specific question in a workload review
Description
Get the answer to a specific question in a workload review.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_answer/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_answer(
WorkloadId,
LensAlias,
QuestionId,
MilestoneNumber = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
QuestionId |
[required] |
MilestoneNumber |
Get a consolidated report of your workloads
Description
Get a consolidated report of your workloads.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_consolidated_report/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_consolidated_report(
Format,
IncludeSharedResources = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
Format |
[required] The format of the consolidated report. For |
IncludeSharedResources |
Set to |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
Global settings for all workloads
Description
Global settings for all workloads.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_global_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_global_settings()
Get an existing lens
Description
Get an existing lens.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_lens(LensAlias, LensVersion = NULL)
Arguments
LensAlias |
[required] |
LensVersion |
The lens version to be retrieved. |
Get lens review
Description
Get lens review.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_lens_review(WorkloadId, LensAlias, MilestoneNumber = NULL)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
MilestoneNumber |
Get lens review report
Description
Get lens review report.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens_review_report/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_lens_review_report(
WorkloadId,
LensAlias,
MilestoneNumber = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
MilestoneNumber |
Get lens version differences
Description
Get lens version differences.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_lens_version_difference/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_lens_version_difference(
LensAlias,
BaseLensVersion = NULL,
TargetLensVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
LensAlias |
[required] |
BaseLensVersion |
The base version of the lens. |
TargetLensVersion |
The lens version to target a difference for. |
Get a milestone for an existing workload
Description
Get a milestone for an existing workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_milestone/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_milestone(WorkloadId, MilestoneNumber)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
MilestoneNumber |
[required] |
Get profile information
Description
Get profile information.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_profile(ProfileArn, ProfileVersion = NULL)
Arguments
ProfileArn |
[required] The profile ARN. |
ProfileVersion |
The profile version. |
Get profile template
Description
Get profile template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_profile_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_profile_template()
Get review template
Description
Get review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_review_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_review_template(TemplateArn)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
Get review template answer
Description
Get review template answer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_review_template_answer/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_review_template_answer(TemplateArn, LensAlias, QuestionId)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
LensAlias |
[required] |
QuestionId |
[required] |
Get a lens review associated with a review template
Description
Get a lens review associated with a review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_review_template_lens_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_review_template_lens_review(TemplateArn, LensAlias)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
LensAlias |
[required] |
Get an existing workload
Description
Get an existing workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_get_workload/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_get_workload(WorkloadId)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
Import a new custom lens or update an existing custom lens
Description
Import a new custom lens or update an existing custom lens.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_import_lens/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_import_lens(
LensAlias = NULL,
JSONString,
ClientRequestToken,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
LensAlias |
|
JSONString |
[required] The JSON representation of a lens. |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
Tags |
Tags to associate to a lens. |
List of answers for a particular workload and lens
Description
List of answers for a particular workload and lens.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_answers/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_answers(
WorkloadId,
LensAlias,
PillarId = NULL,
MilestoneNumber = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
QuestionPriority = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
PillarId |
|
MilestoneNumber |
|
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
QuestionPriority |
The priority of the question. |
List of Trusted Advisor check details by account related to the workload
Description
List of Trusted Advisor check details by account related to the workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_check_details/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_check_details(
WorkloadId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
LensArn,
PillarId,
QuestionId,
ChoiceId
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
|
LensArn |
[required] Well-Architected Lens ARN. |
PillarId |
[required] |
QuestionId |
[required] |
ChoiceId |
[required] |
List of Trusted Advisor checks summarized for all accounts related to the workload
Description
List of Trusted Advisor checks summarized for all accounts related to the workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_check_summaries/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_check_summaries(
WorkloadId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
LensArn,
PillarId,
QuestionId,
ChoiceId
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
|
LensArn |
[required] Well-Architected Lens ARN. |
PillarId |
[required] |
QuestionId |
[required] |
ChoiceId |
[required] |
List the improvements of a particular lens review
Description
List the improvements of a particular lens review.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lens_review_improvements/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_lens_review_improvements(
WorkloadId,
LensAlias,
PillarId = NULL,
MilestoneNumber = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
QuestionPriority = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
PillarId |
|
MilestoneNumber |
|
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
QuestionPriority |
The priority of the question. |
List lens reviews for a particular workload
Description
List lens reviews for a particular workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lens_reviews/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_lens_reviews(
WorkloadId,
MilestoneNumber = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
MilestoneNumber |
|
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
List the lens shares associated with the lens
Description
List the lens shares associated with the lens.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lens_shares/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_lens_shares(
LensAlias,
SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Status = NULL
)
Arguments
LensAlias |
[required] |
SharedWithPrefix |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the lens is shared. |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
Status |
List the available lenses
Description
List the available lenses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_lenses/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_lenses(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
LensType = NULL,
LensStatus = NULL,
LensName = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
|
LensType |
The type of lenses to be returned. |
LensStatus |
The status of lenses to be returned. |
LensName |
List all milestones for an existing workload
Description
List all milestones for an existing workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_milestones/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_milestones(
WorkloadId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
List lens notifications
Description
List lens notifications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_notifications/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_notifications(
WorkloadId = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
ResourceArn = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
|
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
ResourceArn |
The ARN for the related resource for the notification. Only one of |
List profile notifications
Description
List profile notifications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_profile_notifications/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_profile_notifications(
WorkloadId = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
|
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
List profile shares
Description
List profile shares.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_profile_shares/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_profile_shares(
ProfileArn,
SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Status = NULL
)
Arguments
ProfileArn |
[required] The profile ARN. |
SharedWithPrefix |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the profile is shared. |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
Status |
List profiles
Description
List profiles.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_profiles/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_profiles(
ProfileNamePrefix = NULL,
ProfileOwnerType = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
ProfileNamePrefix |
An optional string added to the beginning of each profile name returned in the results. |
ProfileOwnerType |
Profile owner type. |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
List the answers of a review template
Description
List the answers of a review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_review_template_answers/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_review_template_answers(
TemplateArn,
LensAlias,
PillarId = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The ARN of the review template. |
LensAlias |
[required] |
PillarId |
|
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
List review templates
Description
List review templates.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_review_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_review_templates(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
List the share invitations
Description
List the share invitations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_share_invitations/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_share_invitations(
WorkloadNamePrefix = NULL,
LensNamePrefix = NULL,
ShareResourceType = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
ProfileNamePrefix = NULL,
TemplateNamePrefix = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadNamePrefix |
|
LensNamePrefix |
An optional string added to the beginning of each lens name returned in the results. |
ShareResourceType |
The type of share invitations to be returned. |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
ProfileNamePrefix |
An optional string added to the beginning of each profile name returned in the results. |
TemplateNamePrefix |
An optional string added to the beginning of each review template name returned in the results. |
List the tags for a resource
Description
List the tags for a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_tags_for_resource(WorkloadArn)
Arguments
WorkloadArn |
[required] |
List review template shares
Description
List review template shares.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_template_shares/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_template_shares(
TemplateArn,
SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Status = NULL
)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
SharedWithPrefix |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the profile is shared. |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
Status |
List the workload shares associated with the workload
Description
List the workload shares associated with the workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_workload_shares/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_workload_shares(
WorkloadId,
SharedWithPrefix = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Status = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
SharedWithPrefix |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, organization ID, or organizational unit (OU) ID with which the workload is shared. |
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
Status |
Paginated list of workloads
Description
Paginated list of workloads.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_list_workloads/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_list_workloads(
WorkloadNamePrefix = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadNamePrefix |
|
NextToken |
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for this request. |
Adds one or more tags to the specified resource
Description
Adds one or more tags to the specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_tag_resource(WorkloadArn, Tags)
Arguments
WorkloadArn |
[required] |
Tags |
[required] The tags for the resource. |
Deletes specified tags from a resource
Description
Deletes specified tags from a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_untag_resource(WorkloadArn, TagKeys)
Arguments
WorkloadArn |
[required] |
TagKeys |
[required] A list of tag keys. Existing tags of the resource whose keys are members of this list are removed from the resource. |
Update the answer to a specific question in a workload review
Description
Update the answer to a specific question in a workload review.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_answer/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_answer(
WorkloadId,
LensAlias,
QuestionId,
SelectedChoices = NULL,
ChoiceUpdates = NULL,
Notes = NULL,
IsApplicable = NULL,
Reason = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
QuestionId |
[required] |
SelectedChoices |
|
ChoiceUpdates |
A list of choices to update on a question in your workload. The String key corresponds to the choice ID to be updated. |
Notes |
|
IsApplicable |
|
Reason |
The reason why a question is not applicable to your workload. |
Update whether the Amazon Web Services account is opted into organization sharing and discovery integration features
Description
Update whether the Amazon Web Services account is opted into organization sharing and discovery integration features.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_global_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_global_settings(
OrganizationSharingStatus = NULL,
DiscoveryIntegrationStatus = NULL,
JiraConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
OrganizationSharingStatus |
The status of organization sharing settings. |
DiscoveryIntegrationStatus |
The status of discovery support settings. |
JiraConfiguration |
The status of Jira integration settings. |
Update integration features
Description
Update integration features.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_integration/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_integration(
WorkloadId,
ClientRequestToken,
IntegratingService
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
[required] |
IntegratingService |
[required] Which integrated service to update. |
Update lens review for a particular workload
Description
Update lens review for a particular workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_lens_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_lens_review(
WorkloadId,
LensAlias,
LensNotes = NULL,
PillarNotes = NULL,
JiraConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
LensNotes |
|
PillarNotes |
|
JiraConfiguration |
Configuration of the Jira integration. |
Update a profile
Description
Update a profile.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_profile(
ProfileArn,
ProfileDescription = NULL,
ProfileQuestions = NULL
)
Arguments
ProfileArn |
[required] The profile ARN. |
ProfileDescription |
The profile description. |
ProfileQuestions |
Profile questions. |
Update a review template
Description
Update a review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_review_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_review_template(
TemplateArn,
TemplateName = NULL,
Description = NULL,
Notes = NULL,
LensesToAssociate = NULL,
LensesToDisassociate = NULL
)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
TemplateName |
The review template name. |
Description |
The review template description. |
Notes |
|
LensesToAssociate |
A list of lens aliases or ARNs to apply to the review template. |
LensesToDisassociate |
A list of lens aliases or ARNs to unapply to the review template. The
|
Update a review template answer
Description
Update a review template answer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_review_template_answer/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_review_template_answer(
TemplateArn,
LensAlias,
QuestionId,
SelectedChoices = NULL,
ChoiceUpdates = NULL,
Notes = NULL,
IsApplicable = NULL,
Reason = NULL
)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
LensAlias |
[required] |
QuestionId |
[required] |
SelectedChoices |
|
ChoiceUpdates |
A list of choices to be updated. |
Notes |
|
IsApplicable |
|
Reason |
The update reason. |
Update a lens review associated with a review template
Description
Update a lens review associated with a review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_review_template_lens_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_review_template_lens_review(
TemplateArn,
LensAlias,
LensNotes = NULL,
PillarNotes = NULL
)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The review template ARN. |
LensAlias |
[required] |
LensNotes |
|
PillarNotes |
Update a workload or custom lens share invitation
Description
Update a workload or custom lens share invitation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_share_invitation/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_share_invitation(
ShareInvitationId,
ShareInvitationAction
)
Arguments
ShareInvitationId |
[required] The ID assigned to the share invitation. |
ShareInvitationAction |
[required] |
Update an existing workload
Description
Update an existing workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_workload/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_workload(
WorkloadId,
WorkloadName = NULL,
Description = NULL,
Environment = NULL,
AccountIds = NULL,
AwsRegions = NULL,
NonAwsRegions = NULL,
PillarPriorities = NULL,
ArchitecturalDesign = NULL,
ReviewOwner = NULL,
IsReviewOwnerUpdateAcknowledged = NULL,
IndustryType = NULL,
Industry = NULL,
Notes = NULL,
ImprovementStatus = NULL,
DiscoveryConfig = NULL,
Applications = NULL,
JiraConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
WorkloadName |
|
Description |
|
Environment |
|
AccountIds |
|
AwsRegions |
|
NonAwsRegions |
|
PillarPriorities |
|
ArchitecturalDesign |
|
ReviewOwner |
|
IsReviewOwnerUpdateAcknowledged |
Flag indicating whether the workload owner has acknowledged that the Review owner field is required. If a Review owner is not added to the workload within 60 days of acknowledgement, access to the workload is restricted until an owner is added. |
IndustryType |
|
Industry |
|
Notes |
|
ImprovementStatus |
|
DiscoveryConfig |
Well-Architected discovery configuration settings to associate to the workload. |
Applications |
List of AppRegistry application ARNs to associate to the workload. |
JiraConfiguration |
Configuration of the Jira integration. |
Update a workload share
Description
Update a workload share.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_update_workload_share/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_update_workload_share(ShareId, WorkloadId, PermissionType)
Arguments
ShareId |
[required] |
WorkloadId |
[required] |
PermissionType |
[required] |
Upgrade lens review for a particular workload
Description
Upgrade lens review for a particular workload.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_upgrade_lens_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_upgrade_lens_review(
WorkloadId,
LensAlias,
MilestoneName,
ClientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
LensAlias |
[required] |
MilestoneName |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
Upgrade a profile
Description
Upgrade a profile.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_upgrade_profile_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_upgrade_profile_version(
WorkloadId,
ProfileArn,
MilestoneName = NULL,
ClientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
WorkloadId |
[required] |
ProfileArn |
[required] The profile ARN. |
MilestoneName |
|
ClientRequestToken |
Upgrade the lens review of a review template
Description
Upgrade the lens review of a review template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wellarchitected_upgrade_review_template_lens_review/ for full documentation.
Usage
wellarchitected_upgrade_review_template_lens_review(
TemplateArn,
LensAlias,
ClientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
TemplateArn |
[required] The ARN of the review template. |
LensAlias |
[required] |
ClientRequestToken |
AWS X-Ray
Description
Amazon Web Services X-Ray provides APIs for managing debug traces and retrieving service maps and other data created by processing those traces.
Usage
xray(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- xray( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
batch_get_traces | You cannot find traces through this API if Transaction Search is enabled since trace is not indexed in X-Ray |
cancel_trace_retrieval | Cancels an ongoing trace retrieval job initiated by StartTraceRetrieval using the provided RetrievalToken |
create_group | Creates a group resource with a name and a filter expression |
create_sampling_rule | Creates a rule to control sampling behavior for instrumented applications |
delete_group | Deletes a group resource |
delete_resource_policy | Deletes a resource policy from the target Amazon Web Services account |
delete_sampling_rule | Deletes a sampling rule |
get_encryption_config | Retrieves the current encryption configuration for X-Ray data |
get_group | Retrieves group resource details |
get_groups | Retrieves all active group details |
get_indexing_rules | Retrieves all indexing rules |
get_insight | Retrieves the summary information of an insight |
get_insight_events | X-Ray reevaluates insights periodically until they're resolved, and records each intermediate state as an event |
get_insight_impact_graph | Retrieves a service graph structure filtered by the specified insight |
get_insight_summaries | Retrieves the summaries of all insights in the specified group matching the provided filter values |
get_retrieved_traces_graph | Retrieves a service graph for traces based on the specified RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search |
get_sampling_rules | Retrieves all sampling rules |
get_sampling_statistic_summaries | Retrieves information about recent sampling results for all sampling rules |
get_sampling_targets | Requests a sampling quota for rules that the service is using to sample requests |
get_service_graph | Retrieves a document that describes services that process incoming requests, and downstream services that they call as a result |
get_time_series_service_statistics | Get an aggregation of service statistics defined by a specific time range |
get_trace_graph | Retrieves a service graph for one or more specific trace IDs |
get_trace_segment_destination | Retrieves the current destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments and OpenTelemetry API |
get_trace_summaries | Retrieves IDs and annotations for traces available for a specified time frame using an optional filter |
list_resource_policies | Returns the list of resource policies in the target Amazon Web Services account |
list_retrieved_traces | Retrieves a list of traces for a given RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search |
list_tags_for_resource | Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule |
put_encryption_config | Updates the encryption configuration for X-Ray data |
put_resource_policy | Sets the resource policy to grant one or more Amazon Web Services services and accounts permissions to access X-Ray |
put_telemetry_records | Used by the Amazon Web Services X-Ray daemon to upload telemetry |
put_trace_segments | Uploads segment documents to Amazon Web Services X-Ray |
start_trace_retrieval | Initiates a trace retrieval process using the specified time range and for the give trace IDs on Transaction Search generated by the CloudWatch log group |
tag_resource | Applies tags to an existing Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule |
untag_resource | Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule |
update_group | Updates a group resource |
update_indexing_rule | Modifies an indexing rule’s configuration |
update_sampling_rule | Modifies a sampling rule's configuration |
update_trace_segment_destination | Modifies the destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- xray()
svc$batch_get_traces(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
You cannot find traces through this API if Transaction Search is enabled since trace is not indexed in X-Ray
Description
You cannot find traces through this API if Transaction Search is enabled since trace is not indexed in X-Ray.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_batch_get_traces/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_batch_get_traces(TraceIds, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
TraceIds |
[required] Specify the trace IDs of requests for which to retrieve segments. |
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Cancels an ongoing trace retrieval job initiated by StartTraceRetrieval using the provided RetrievalToken
Description
Cancels an ongoing trace retrieval job initiated by start_trace_retrieval
using the provided RetrievalToken
. A successful cancellation will return an HTTP 200 response.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_cancel_trace_retrieval/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_cancel_trace_retrieval(RetrievalToken)
Arguments
RetrievalToken |
[required] Retrieval token. |
Creates a group resource with a name and a filter expression
Description
Creates a group resource with a name and a filter expression.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_create_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_create_group(
GroupName,
FilterExpression = NULL,
InsightsConfiguration = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
GroupName |
[required] The case-sensitive name of the new group. Default is a reserved name and names must be unique. |
FilterExpression |
The filter expression defining criteria by which to group traces. |
InsightsConfiguration |
The structure containing configurations related to insights.
|
Tags |
A map that contains one or more tag keys and tag values to attach to an X-Ray group. For more information about ways to use tags, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. The following restrictions apply to tags:
|
Creates a rule to control sampling behavior for instrumented applications
Description
Creates a rule to control sampling behavior for instrumented applications. Services retrieve rules with get_sampling_rules
, and evaluate each rule in ascending order of priority for each request. If a rule matches, the service records a trace, borrowing it from the reservoir size. After 10 seconds, the service reports back to X-Ray with get_sampling_targets
to get updated versions of each in-use rule. The updated rule contains a trace quota that the service can use instead of borrowing from the reservoir.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_create_sampling_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_create_sampling_rule(SamplingRule, Tags = NULL)
Arguments
SamplingRule |
[required] The rule definition. |
Tags |
A map that contains one or more tag keys and tag values to attach to an X-Ray sampling rule. For more information about ways to use tags, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. The following restrictions apply to tags:
|
Deletes a group resource
Description
Deletes a group resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_delete_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_delete_group(GroupName = NULL, GroupARN = NULL)
Arguments
GroupName |
The case-sensitive name of the group. |
GroupARN |
The ARN of the group that was generated on creation. |
Deletes a resource policy from the target Amazon Web Services account
Description
Deletes a resource policy from the target Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_delete_resource_policy(PolicyName, PolicyRevisionId = NULL)
Arguments
PolicyName |
[required] The name of the resource policy to delete. |
PolicyRevisionId |
Specifies a specific policy revision to delete. Provide a
|
Deletes a sampling rule
Description
Deletes a sampling rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_delete_sampling_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_delete_sampling_rule(RuleName = NULL, RuleARN = NULL)
Arguments
RuleName |
The name of the sampling rule. Specify a rule by either name or ARN, but not both. |
RuleARN |
The ARN of the sampling rule. Specify a rule by either name or ARN, but not both. |
Retrieves the current encryption configuration for X-Ray data
Description
Retrieves the current encryption configuration for X-Ray data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_encryption_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_encryption_config()
Retrieves group resource details
Description
Retrieves group resource details.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_group(GroupName = NULL, GroupARN = NULL)
Arguments
GroupName |
The case-sensitive name of the group. |
GroupARN |
The ARN of the group that was generated on creation. |
Retrieves all active group details
Description
Retrieves all active group details.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_groups(NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Retrieves all indexing rules
Description
Retrieves all indexing rules.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_indexing_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_indexing_rules(NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of indexes. |
Retrieves the summary information of an insight
Description
Retrieves the summary information of an insight. This includes impact to clients and root cause services, the top anomalous services, the category, the state of the insight, and the start and end time of the insight.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_insight(InsightId)
Arguments
InsightId |
[required] The insight's unique identifier. Use the GetInsightSummaries action to retrieve an InsightId. |
X-Ray reevaluates insights periodically until they're resolved, and records each intermediate state as an event
Description
X-Ray reevaluates insights periodically until they're resolved, and records each intermediate state as an event. You can review an insight's events in the Impact Timeline on the Inspect page in the X-Ray console.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight_events/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_insight_events(InsightId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
InsightId |
[required] The insight's unique identifier. Use the GetInsightSummaries action to retrieve an InsightId. |
MaxResults |
Used to retrieve at most the specified value of events. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of events. |
Retrieves a service graph structure filtered by the specified insight
Description
Retrieves a service graph structure filtered by the specified insight. The service graph is limited to only structural information. For a complete service graph, use this API with the GetServiceGraph API.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight_impact_graph/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_insight_impact_graph(InsightId, StartTime, EndTime, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
InsightId |
[required] The insight's unique identifier. Use the GetInsightSummaries action to retrieve an InsightId. |
StartTime |
[required] The estimated start time of the insight, in Unix time seconds. The StartTime is inclusive of the value provided and can't be more than 30 days old. |
EndTime |
[required] The estimated end time of the insight, in Unix time seconds. The EndTime is exclusive of the value provided. The time range between the start time and end time can't be more than six hours. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
Retrieves the summaries of all insights in the specified group matching the provided filter values
Description
Retrieves the summaries of all insights in the specified group matching the provided filter values.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_insight_summaries/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_insight_summaries(
States = NULL,
GroupARN = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
StartTime,
EndTime,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
States |
The list of insight states. |
GroupARN |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the group. Required if the GroupName isn't provided. |
GroupName |
The name of the group. Required if the GroupARN isn't provided. |
StartTime |
[required] The beginning of the time frame in which the insights started. The start time can't be more than 30 days old. |
EndTime |
[required] The end of the time frame in which the insights ended. The end time can't be more than 30 days old. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to display. |
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Retrieves a service graph for traces based on the specified RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search
Description
Retrieves a service graph for traces based on the specified RetrievalToken
from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search. This API does not initiate a retrieval job. You must first execute start_trace_retrieval
to obtain the required RetrievalToken
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_retrieved_traces_graph/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_retrieved_traces_graph(RetrievalToken, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
RetrievalToken |
[required] Retrieval token. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of indexes. |
Retrieves all sampling rules
Description
Retrieves all sampling rules.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_sampling_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_sampling_rules(NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Retrieves information about recent sampling results for all sampling rules
Description
Retrieves information about recent sampling results for all sampling rules.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_sampling_statistic_summaries/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_sampling_statistic_summaries(NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Requests a sampling quota for rules that the service is using to sample requests
Description
Requests a sampling quota for rules that the service is using to sample requests.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_sampling_targets/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_sampling_targets(SamplingStatisticsDocuments)
Arguments
SamplingStatisticsDocuments |
[required] Information about rules that the service is using to sample requests. |
Retrieves a document that describes services that process incoming requests, and downstream services that they call as a result
Description
Retrieves a document that describes services that process incoming requests, and downstream services that they call as a result. Root services process incoming requests and make calls to downstream services. Root services are applications that use the Amazon Web Services X-Ray SDK. Downstream services can be other applications, Amazon Web Services resources, HTTP web APIs, or SQL databases.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_service_graph/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_service_graph(
StartTime,
EndTime,
GroupName = NULL,
GroupARN = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
StartTime |
[required] The start of the time frame for which to generate a graph. |
EndTime |
[required] The end of the timeframe for which to generate a graph. |
GroupName |
The name of a group based on which you want to generate a graph. |
GroupARN |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a group based on which you want to generate a graph. |
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Get an aggregation of service statistics defined by a specific time range
Description
Get an aggregation of service statistics defined by a specific time range.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_time_series_service_statistics/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_time_series_service_statistics(
StartTime,
EndTime,
GroupName = NULL,
GroupARN = NULL,
EntitySelectorExpression = NULL,
Period = NULL,
ForecastStatistics = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
StartTime |
[required] The start of the time frame for which to aggregate statistics. |
EndTime |
[required] The end of the time frame for which to aggregate statistics. |
GroupName |
The case-sensitive name of the group for which to pull statistics from. |
GroupARN |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the group for which to pull statistics from. |
EntitySelectorExpression |
A filter expression defining entities that will be aggregated for statistics. Supports ID, service, and edge functions. If no selector expression is specified, edge statistics are returned. |
Period |
Aggregation period in seconds. |
ForecastStatistics |
The forecasted high and low fault count values. Forecast enabled requests require the EntitySelectorExpression ID be provided. |
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Retrieves a service graph for one or more specific trace IDs
Description
Retrieves a service graph for one or more specific trace IDs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_trace_graph/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_trace_graph(TraceIds, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
TraceIds |
[required] Trace IDs of requests for which to generate a service graph. |
NextToken |
Pagination token. |
Retrieves the current destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments and OpenTelemetry API
Description
Retrieves the current destination of data sent to put_trace_segments
and OpenTelemetry API. The Transaction Search feature requires a CloudWatchLogs destination. For more information, see Transaction Search and OpenTelemetry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_trace_segment_destination/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_trace_segment_destination()
Retrieves IDs and annotations for traces available for a specified time frame using an optional filter
Description
Retrieves IDs and annotations for traces available for a specified time frame using an optional filter. To get the full traces, pass the trace IDs to batch_get_traces
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_get_trace_summaries/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_get_trace_summaries(
StartTime,
EndTime,
TimeRangeType = NULL,
Sampling = NULL,
SamplingStrategy = NULL,
FilterExpression = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
StartTime |
[required] The start of the time frame for which to retrieve traces. |
EndTime |
[required] The end of the time frame for which to retrieve traces. |
TimeRangeType |
Query trace summaries by TraceId (trace start time), Event (trace update time), or Service (trace segment end time). |
Sampling |
Set to |
SamplingStrategy |
A parameter to indicate whether to enable sampling on trace summaries. Input parameters are Name and Value. |
FilterExpression |
Specify a filter expression to retrieve trace summaries for services or requests that meet certain requirements. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
Returns the list of resource policies in the target Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns the list of resource policies in the target Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_list_resource_policies/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_list_resource_policies(NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
Not currently supported. |
Retrieves a list of traces for a given RetrievalToken from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search
Description
Retrieves a list of traces for a given RetrievalToken
from the CloudWatch log group generated by Transaction Search. For information on what each trace returns, see batch_get_traces
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_list_retrieved_traces/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_list_retrieved_traces(
RetrievalToken,
TraceFormat = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
RetrievalToken |
[required] Retrieval token. |
TraceFormat |
Format of the requested traces. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of indexes. |
Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule
Description
Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
ResourceARN |
[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of an X-Ray group or sampling rule. |
NextToken |
A pagination token. If multiple pages of results are returned, use the
|
Updates the encryption configuration for X-Ray data
Description
Updates the encryption configuration for X-Ray data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_encryption_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_put_encryption_config(KeyId = NULL, Type)
Arguments
KeyId |
An Amazon Web Services KMS key in one of the following formats:
Omit this key if you set |
Type |
[required] The type of encryption. Set to |
Sets the resource policy to grant one or more Amazon Web Services services and accounts permissions to access X-Ray
Description
Sets the resource policy to grant one or more Amazon Web Services services and accounts permissions to access X-Ray. Each resource policy will be associated with a specific Amazon Web Services account. Each Amazon Web Services account can have a maximum of 5 resource policies, and each policy name must be unique within that account. The maximum size of each resource policy is 5KB.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_put_resource_policy(
PolicyName,
PolicyDocument,
PolicyRevisionId = NULL,
BypassPolicyLockoutCheck = NULL
)
Arguments
PolicyName |
[required] The name of the resource policy. Must be unique within a specific Amazon Web Services account. |
PolicyDocument |
[required] The resource policy document, which can be up to 5kb in size. |
PolicyRevisionId |
Specifies a specific policy revision, to ensure an atomic create operation. By default the resource policy is created if it does not exist, or updated with an incremented revision id. The revision id is unique to each policy in the account. If the policy revision id does not match the latest revision id, the
operation will fail with an |
BypassPolicyLockoutCheck |
A flag to indicate whether to bypass the resource policy lockout safety check. Setting this value to true increases the risk that the policy becomes unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. Use this parameter only when you include a policy in the request and you
intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a
subsequent The default value is false. |
Used by the Amazon Web Services X-Ray daemon to upload telemetry
Description
Used by the Amazon Web Services X-Ray daemon to upload telemetry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_telemetry_records/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_put_telemetry_records(
TelemetryRecords,
EC2InstanceId = NULL,
Hostname = NULL,
ResourceARN = NULL
)
Arguments
TelemetryRecords |
[required] |
EC2InstanceId |
|
Hostname |
|
ResourceARN |
Uploads segment documents to Amazon Web Services X-Ray
Description
Uploads segment documents to Amazon Web Services X-Ray. A segment document can be a completed segment, an in-progress segment, or an array of subsegments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_put_trace_segments/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_put_trace_segments(TraceSegmentDocuments)
Arguments
TraceSegmentDocuments |
[required] A string containing a JSON document defining one or more segments or subsegments. |
Initiates a trace retrieval process using the specified time range and for the give trace IDs on Transaction Search generated by the CloudWatch log group
Description
Initiates a trace retrieval process using the specified time range and for the give trace IDs on Transaction Search generated by the CloudWatch log group. For more information, see Transaction Search.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_start_trace_retrieval/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_start_trace_retrieval(TraceIds, StartTime, EndTime)
Arguments
TraceIds |
[required] Specify the trace IDs of the traces to be retrieved. |
StartTime |
[required] The start of the time range to retrieve traces. The range is inclusive, so the specified start time is included in the query. Specified as epoch time, the number of seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 UTC. |
EndTime |
[required] The end of the time range to retrieve traces. The range is inclusive, so the specified end time is included in the query. Specified as epoch time, the number of seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 UTC. |
Applies tags to an existing Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule
Description
Applies tags to an existing Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)
Arguments
ResourceARN |
[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of an X-Ray group or sampling rule. |
Tags |
[required] A map that contains one or more tag keys and tag values to attach to an X-Ray group or sampling rule. For more information about ways to use tags, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. The following restrictions apply to tags:
|
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule
Description
Removes tags from an Amazon Web Services X-Ray group or sampling rule. You cannot edit or delete system tags (those with an aws:
prefix).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)
Arguments
ResourceARN |
[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of an X-Ray group or sampling rule. |
TagKeys |
[required] Keys for one or more tags that you want to remove from an X-Ray group or sampling rule. |
Updates a group resource
Description
Updates a group resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_update_group(
GroupName = NULL,
GroupARN = NULL,
FilterExpression = NULL,
InsightsConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
GroupName |
The case-sensitive name of the group. |
GroupARN |
The ARN that was generated upon creation. |
FilterExpression |
The updated filter expression defining criteria by which to group traces. |
InsightsConfiguration |
The structure containing configurations related to insights.
|
Modifies an indexing rule’s configuration
Description
Modifies an indexing rule’s configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_indexing_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_update_indexing_rule(Name, Rule)
Arguments
Name |
[required] Name of the indexing rule to be updated. |
Rule |
[required] Rule configuration to be updated. |
Modifies a sampling rule's configuration
Description
Modifies a sampling rule's configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_sampling_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_update_sampling_rule(SamplingRuleUpdate)
Arguments
SamplingRuleUpdate |
[required] The rule and fields to change. |
Modifies the destination of data sent to PutTraceSegments
Description
Modifies the destination of data sent to put_trace_segments
. The Transaction Search feature requires the CloudWatchLogs destination. For more information, see Transaction Search.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/xray_update_trace_segment_destination/ for full documentation.
Usage
xray_update_trace_segment_destination(Destination = NULL)
Arguments
Destination |
The configured destination of trace segments. |